Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL...

184
1 Shift Management And Administration Manual

Transcript of Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL...

Page 1: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

1

Shift  Management  And  Administration  Manual  

 

Page 2: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

2

Table  of  Contents Introduction                       Pg.6  Chapter  1:  Famoso  Brand  Standards               Pg.7  Welcome!                Brand  Standards              Brand  Pillars                Brand  Values                Our  Story                Our  Logo                Tone  Of  Voice                Kaizen                  Chapter  2:  Effective  Management               Pg.  17  Management  Philosophy            Management  Structure          Things  To  Always  Think  About          Atmosphere                                                                                                                  Famoso  Walkthrough  Checklist          Upselling/Suggestive  Selling          High  Profile  Management            Hospitality                Reading  Your  Guest              Working  The  Floor              Faces-­‐Tables-­‐Action              Identifying  1st  Time  Guests            Understanding  Guest  Flow            The  Rush                Table  Checks                Manager  Objective  Checklist          BOH  Areas  &  Pizzaiolo  Closing          Server  &  Dining  Room  Closing          Closing                Famoso  Reservation  Policy            Chapter  3:  Meetings                   Pg.  48  Weekly  Management  Meeting          Weekly  Meeting  Template            Pre-­‐Shift  Meetings              Staff  Meetings                  

Page 3: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 3 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Chapter  4:  QSAs  &  Promos                 Pg.  56  Complaints                Executing  The  3  A’s              QSA  Guidelines              Promo  Spending              Manager  Promos              QSA                Store  Coupons              Head  Office  Promos  &  Coupons          Groupon                In-­‐Store  Promotions              Dough  For  Kids              Head  Office  &  Store  Promo  Guide          Chapter  5:  Marketing  &  Store  Level  Advertising           Pg.  65  Local  Community  Marketing            LCM  5  Step  Program              3  Store  Sales  &  Marketing  Status          Social  Media                Comical  Overview  Of  Social  Media          Chapter  6:  Training  &  Coaching  Employees             Pg.  77  Training  And  Coaching            Coaching  Employees              Challenges  Of  Being  A  Coach          Goals                  Effective  Leadership              Five  Guidelines  For  Effective  Communication      Delegation                How  To  Get  People  To  ‘Buy  In’          Effective  Management  –  The  Football  Field      Your  Team              Effectively  Managing  Staff  –‘The  Football  Field’      The  Perspective  Of  The  Foot  Soldiers  &  Bench  Warmers    Bench  Warmers  –  They’re  in,  or  they’re  out      The  Football  Field  Summary              

Page 4: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 4 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Chapter  7:  Labor                                                                                                                                                       Pg.  99  Labor  Cost  Control              Labor  Control  Admin            Weekly  Staff  Schedules            Employee  Availability  Contract          Stat  Holidays                                                                                                                                                                        Famoso  Stat  Holiday  Tracker        Chapter  8:  Administration                 Pg.  107  Introduction                Inventory                Impacting  Proper  Usages            Invoice  Approval  Chit  And  Price  Updates                                                              Daily  Revenue  Sheet  (DRS)            Daily  Labor  Sheet              Monthly  Labor  Sheet              Food  And  Beverage  Analysis          Profit  And  Loss  Statement  (P&L)          P&L  Workbook  Checklist            P&L  Troubleshooting  Guide            Common  P&L  Errors              Order  Guide                Royalty  Reporting              Royalty,  Coupons  And  Promotions  Administration    Email  Administration            Manager  Communication  Log          Forecasting  Sales            Chapter  9:  Kitchen  Systems                                                                                                           Pg.  134  Prep  Chart                Par  Levels                Famoso  Prep  Chart              Using  Color  Shading  To  Manage  Your  Prep  Chart      Daily  Prep  Count  Sheets            Waste  Sheet                The  Food  Quality  Checklist            Chapter  10:  Food  Safety  &  Handling               Pg.  143  Introduction                Dry  Storage:  Storing  Semi-­‐Perishable  Foods      Refrigerated  Storage:  Storing  Perishable  Foods      Specific  Storage  &  Handling  Requirements  For  Perishables  

Page 5: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Food  Supply  And  Handling            Examples  Of  Types  Of  Food-­‐Bourne  Illnesses  Food  Bourne  Illness  Procedure          Famoso  Allergy  Procedure            Chapter  11:  Restaurant  Guidelines                                                                                                                                                                                        Pg.  156  Patio  Launch                Famoso  Spring./Summer  Patio  SETUP  Checklist  &  Sign  Off  Patio  Maintenance  And  Operations          Patio  Closures  And  Winterizing        Guest  Feedback  Letters            Complaint/Feedback  Form            Chapter  12:  Cash  Manual                   Pg.  165  Famoso  Cash  Manual              Global  Payment  Device  Screen  Shots        Chapter  13:  Famoso  University  Guide               LLPg.  176  Logging  In              Accessing  Manager  Resources          Adding  A  User              Add  Bulk  Users              Granting  An  Exam              Checking  Exam  Results  –  Single  User        Checking  Exam  Results  –  Multi-­‐Users        Delete  A  User                  

       

Page 6: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 6 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Introduction   PASSION    

The  Famoso  concept  began  with  a  trip  to  Italy  and  the  discovery  of  the  fire-­‐roasted  pizzas  

served  in  Naples,  the  birthplace  of  pizza.    The  passion  that  drives  the  Famoso  brand  is  based  

on  these  travels  as  we  have  made  it  our  mission  to  make  pizza  EXACTLY  as  it  is  in  Naples.    

You  have  now  made  a  commitment  to  yourself,  the  Famoso  family,  and  to  all  the  pizzerias  in  

Italy  and  the  world  that  follow  the  strict  guidelines  of  making  authentic  Neapolitan  pizza.    It  

is  your  turn  to  live  and  breathe  the  passion  for  authentic  Neapolitan  pizza  and  to  never  

compromise  on  the  quality  and  authenticity  that  Famoso  represents.    

 

BUSINESS  It  doesn’t  matter  how  much  passion  and  love  we  have  for  our  product,  we  are  here  to  run  an  

efficient  business.    If  you  lose  money,  you  will  lose  your  passion.    Anybody  can  have  a  good  

idea,  but  it  takes  a  commitment  to  solid  business  principles  to  bring  this  idea  to  life  and  keep  

it  alive.      

 

TOOLS  The  purpose  of  this  manual  is  to  provide  a  foundation  of  solid  information  and  business  

practices  to  help  effectively  run  your  restaurant.      More  specifically,  this  manual  will  give  the  

manager  the  necessary  information  to  effectively  run  a  Famoso.    All  of  the  systems  and  forms  

are  straightforward  simple,  but  together  they  form  a  very  effective  method  of  running  a  

Famoso.    A  business  built  on  sound  systems  and  routines  will  run  efficiently.    Subsequently  a  

manager  working  in  a  systematically  strong  business  can  focus  their  time  and  energy  of  their  

staff  as  opposed  to  putting  out  fires  and  constantly  being  tied  to  micro  level  details.      

 

“Systems  Run  Restaurants,  Managers  manage  people”    

Page 7: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 7 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

           

Chapter  1  Famoso  Brand  Standards  

Page 8: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 8 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Welcome!    

As  you  know,  Famoso  is  known  for  our  authentic  Neapolitan  Pizza.    But,  as  well  as  our  food,  we  want  our  brand  to  be  authentic  too.    With  locations  across  Canada,  we  wanted  to  create  consistency  in  how  we  communicate  our  brand,  both  to  our  guests  and  within  our  organization.    The  following  brand  standards  will  take  you  through  each  aspect  of  the  Famoso  brand,  from  our  logo  and  design  guidelines,  to  our  brand  personality  and  tone  of  voice.  

This  section  provides  the  framework  for  all  branded  communications  including  advertisements,  in-­‐store  collateral,  and  any  other  communication  pieces.    Following  the  guidelines  in  this  section  will  help  to  strengthen  and  unify  the  Famoso  brand.  

We  hope  you  will  find  this  useful,  easy  to  follow,  and  fun!    

Sincerely,  

 

Justin,  Jason  &  Christian  Famoso  Founders  

Page 9: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 9 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Brand  Standards  

VISION:    Who  we  are  aspiring  to  be.  

Throughout  North  America,  Famoso  defines  what  a  pizzeria  should  be.  

 TARGET  MARKET:  Who  our  guests  are  and  what  they  want  and  expect  from  us.  

Famoso  appeals  to  a  wide  demographic;  however,  based  on  research,  our  core  audience  can  be  identified  as  follows:  

1. Adults  18–49,  mostly  30–49  (skewing  female)    

2. Educated  (college  or  post-­‐grad  degrees)    

3. Professional/self  employed  (10%  work  in  trades)  

4. Household  income  $60K  +    

5. Married/common-­‐law    

6. 40%  with  kids  

For  our  guests,  great  pizza,  taste  experience,  and  overall  experience  are  the  most  important  factors  when  deciding  where  to  eat.    They  consider  eating  a  social  occasion  and  want  a  place  where  they  can  go  with  their  friends  or  family.    They  know  they  can  count  on  Famoso  to  give  them  the  delicious,  high-­‐quality  Neapolitan  pizza  they  crave  in  a  warm,  inviting,  fun,  and  vibrant  atmosphere.  

GUEST  EXPERIENCE:  How  we  want  our  guests  to  think,  feel,  and  talk  about  their  Famoso  experience.  

When  I  go  to  Famoso,  it’s  always  bustling  and  full  of  energy.    Even  if  there  is  a  wait,  it’s  worth  it.    When  I’m  in  the  mood  for  pizza,  there’s  nothing  that  can  satisfy  me  like  their  Neapolitan  pizza,  fresh  from  the  oven.  

I  usually  go  to  Famoso  with  family  and  friends.    Whether  a  quick  lunch  with  a  coworker,  or  a  long  social  dinner,  it’s  the  perfect  place  to  catch  up  while  enjoying  the  best  pizza  and  a  great  selection  of  wine  –  all  at  a  surprisingly  good  price.    I  know  I  can  get  exactly  what  I  want,  when  I  want  it,  and  everyone  is  always  so  friendly.    I  really  feel  like  I  can  relax  and  enjoy  myself.”  

Page 10: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 10 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

“When I go to Famoso, it’s always bustling and full of PERSONALITY:    Our  brand  personality  guides  the  tone  and  manner  in  our  communications.  

Famoso  is  Down-­‐to-­‐earth,  vibrant,  accommodating  and  friendly.  

 

UNIQUE  COMPETENCIES:    Strengths  that  will  help  us  stand  apart.  

Famoso  consistently  creates  an  inviting  experience  at  great  value  without  compromising  our  resolute  standards  of  delivering  Top-­‐Quality  authentic  Neapolitan  pizza.  

 

POSITIONING  STATEMENT:    Our  brand  personality  guides  the  tone  and  manner  in  our  communications.  

Famoso  is  redefining  the  pizzeria  by  serving  Top-­‐Quality,  authentic  Neapolitan  pizza  in  a  warm,  inviting,  fun,  and  vibrant  atmosphere,  to  a  wide  range  of  guests.  

 

CAPSULE  SUMMARY:    A  simple  description  of  the  core  brand  promise.  

 

Serious  Pizza,  Casual  Pizzeria    

 

 

 

I usually go to Famoso with family and friends. Whether a quick lunch with a coworker, or a long, social dinner, it’s the perfect place to catch up while enjoying the best pizza and a great selection of wine – all at a surprisingly good price. I know I can

Page 11: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 11 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

get exactly what I want, when I

Brand  Pillars  The  fundamental  philosophical  beliefs  that  support  our  positioning  

PIZZA  

Authentic,  high-­‐quality  Neapolitan  pizza  is  the  cornerstone  of  Famoso.    We  will  always  use  key  ingredients  and  equipment  to  ensure  authenticity.    We  will  continue  to  uncover  the  best  recipes  from  Naples  and  always  improve  the  variety  and  quality  of  our  menu  items.    By  sourcing  recipe  ideas  through  our  fans,  experimenting  with  new  and  exciting  flavor  combinations,  and  offering  non-­‐traditional  and  North  American  favorites,  we  create  a  food  experience  with  wide  appeal.  

ATMOSPHERE  

Pizza  by  nature  is  social  and  casual.    We  believe  that  a  true  pizzeria  experience  should  be  easy,  inviting,  and  full  of  energy.    After  the  pizza,  the  most  important  ingredient  is  the  people  –  we  hire  the  people  that  are  the  best  fit  for  Famoso  –  that  means  warm,  outgoing  personalities  who  are  down-­‐to-­‐  earth  and  truly  love  making  our  guests  feel  at  home  

DESIGN  

Our  fire  oven  is  the  heart  of  each  of  our  locations.    We  create  spaces  that  have  a  warm  energy  –  they  are  inviting,  intimate,  and  encourage  a  casual,  social  atmosphere.    Our  designs  are  consistent  without  being  cookie  cutter  and  they  embrace  the  character  of  the  surrounding  neighborhood.    We  use  exposed  wood  and  brick  paired  with  vibrant  colors  throughout  all  of  our  locations  and  prefer  smaller  locations  with  open  room  concepts.  

WINE  

We  believe  in  demystifying  wine.    That  enjoying  high-­‐quality  wine  (and  food!)  isn’t  just  for  special  occasions.    Drinking  wine  should  be  a  ‘no-­‐strings-­‐attached’  experience  for  any  day  of  the  week.      

 

     

Page 12: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 12 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Brand  Values  Our  inner-­‐driving  priorities  and  values  are  a  big  way  we  connect  emotionally  with  our  employees  and  guests.  

LEADERSHIP  WITHOUT  TITLE  

•  Every  single  person  on  the  Famoso  team  acts  like  a  leader  –  it’s  an  attitude  and  a  way  of  operating.  

•  We  focus  on  solutions  and  take  responsibility  for  results.  

KAIZEN  (JAPANESE  FOR  ‘CONTINUOUS  IMPROVEMENT’)  

•  Our  natural  inclination  is  to  do  it  right  the  first  time  and  improve  the  things  that  can  be  better.  We  are  committed  to  the  philosophy  of  continual  improvement.  

INTEGRITY  

•  Our  actions  reflect  our  values  and  because  of  that,  we  operate  with  complete  transparency.  

INCLUSIVENESS  

•  We  have  a  genuine  and  vested  interest  in  the  satisfaction  of  our  guests,  co-­‐workers,  partners,  and  suppliers  because  we  believe  in  community,  shared  ownership,  and  fostering  an  environment  of  acceptance,  appreciation,  and  respect.  

LOVE  OF  LIFE  

•  We  strive  to  create  experiences  that  surprise,  delight,  and  exceed  expectations.  

•  We’re  serious  without  being  stuffy  and  we  understand  the  importance  of  having  a  good  time.  

HOSPITALITY  

•  Famoso  creates  a  warm,  inviting  experience  by  delivering  personable  service.  

•  We  treat  guests,  co-­‐workers,  partners,  and  suppliers  like  they  are  friends  in  our  home.  We  listen  to  them  and  follow  up  with  thoughtful,  gracious,  appropriate  responses.  

 

Page 13: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 13 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 

 

Our  Story    

Years  ago,  on  a  trip  to  Naples,  we  were  introduced  to  the  taste  of  true  Neapolitan  pizza  and  the  classic  pizzeria.    It  awakened  our  pizza  taste  buds  and  we  just  knew  we  had  to  share  this  with  our  friends  and  family  back  home.    Wanting  to  introduce  authentic  Neapolitan  pizza  in  a  way  that  everyone  can  enjoy  it  (as  they  do  in  Italy),  we  took  the  best  of  sit-­‐down  restaurant  service  and  the  convenience  of  bar-­‐style  casual  to  create  ‘Famoso’.  We  are  Traditional  Neapolitan  pizza,  non-­‐traditional  service,  unpretentious  wine,  and  the  kind  of  atmosphere  that  will  keep  you  coming  back.  

We’re  happy  to  share  our  love  of  Neapolitan  pizza  with  you.  

   Justin,  Jason  &  Christian  Famoso  Founders  

Page 14: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 14 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Our  Logo    

LOGO  ELEMENTS  

The  Famoso  logo  is  compromised  of  three  elements:      

1. The  pizza  peel,  2. The  work  mark,  and  3. The  descriptor  

 

LOGO  INTRODUCTION  

The  Famoso  logo  has  been  carefully  crafted  to  reflect  the  brand  positioning.    Famoso    is  a  down-­‐to-­‐earth,  vibrant,  accommodating,  and  friendly  authentic  pizzeria.  

A  pizza  peel  is  an  authentic  Pizzaiolo  tool.    This  has  inspired  the  logo’s  shape,  and  depicts  an  image  of  Mount  Vesuvius  as  seen  from  Naples,  Italy.  

LOGO  CONSISTENCY  

Famoso’s  visual  identity  has  been  carefully  crafted,  and  through  consistent  use  we  will  ensure  a  stronger,  more  recognizable  brand.      

 

Page 15: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 15 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Tone  of  Voice  What  to  say  and  how  to  say  it  

Determining a tone of voice allows Famoso’s brand personality to come through in all branded communications, including written word, advertising, and radio. Setting a clear tone of voice creates consistency in how we present ourselves both internally and to our guests.

Here are some pointers on what to keep in mind when writing for Famoso.

KEEP  IT  CASUAL  

Famoso  may  be  traditional  in  its  approach  to  Neapolitan  pizza,  but  it’s  far  from  formal  when  it  comes  to  engaging  with  our  guests.    Keep  it  loose  and  write  as  if  you’re  speaking  to  a  good  friend.    Avoid  using  words  like  “delectable”  or  “unparalleled”  –  those  can  come  off  sounding  too  upscale  and  pretentious.  

BE  CREATIVE  

There  are  lots  of  ways  we  can  describe  a  taste  experience  besides  saying,  “It’s  delicious!”    Try  comparing  the  taste  to  an  equally  amazing  experience,  like  –  riding  a  roller  coaster,  falling  in  love,  or  traveling  to  a  foreign  country.  

HAVE  AN  ATTITUDE  

It’s  a  pizzeria,  not  a  doctor’s  office.    Be  irreverent,  and  whenever  possible  –  add  humor.    What  do  we  mean  by  humor?    Well  for  starters,  no  fart  jokes  and  definitely  no  mom  jokes.    Try  to  add  wit  without  being  over-­‐the-­‐  top  and  silly.  

We  take  our  jobs  seriously!  

We  take  hospitality,  amazing  food  and  memorable  guest  experiences  seriously!  

We  don’t  take  ourselves  too  seriously!  

Page 16: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 16 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Kaizen  Famoso  embraces  this  great  philosophy  in  all  aspects  of  our  business  

‘Kai’ means ‘Change’ and ‘Zen’ means ‘Good or Better’ – ‘Change for the better’ or ‘Continuous Improvement’. Kaizen is a Japanese philosophy that focuses on continuous improvement throughout all aspects of life. When applied to the workplace, Kaizen activities continually improve all function of a business, from manufacturing to management and from the CEO to the assembly line workers. By improving standardized activities and processes, Kaizen aims to eliminate waste. Kaizen was the first implemented in several businesses during the country’s recovery after World War II, including Toyota, and has since spread to businesses throughout the world.

Kaizen  Works  On  The  Following  Principles  

• Eliminate  Waste  -­‐  waste  reduction  is  a  very  effective  way  to  influence  increased  profitability.    For  example  –  reducing  your  labor  increases  your  bottom  line  profit.  

• When  In  Doubt,  Get  To  Work  -­‐  when  there  is  a  problem  that  needs  to  be  addressed,  get  your  hands  dirty  and  get  involved  at  the  ground  level  to  solve  the  problem  yourself,  or  see  what  your  best  strategy/approach  should  be  to  solve  the  problem.  

The  process  of  continuously  identifying,  reducing  and  eliminating  waste  (of  time,  productivity,  product,  etc.…)  from  the  workplace  is  the  true  essence  of  Kaizen.  

Achieving  Kaizen  

• Include  &  Empower  People  –  Kaizen  cannot  and  will  not  succeed  if  everyone  in  your  business  is  not  involved.    Kaizen  needs  to  be  driven  from  the  top  and  has  to  trickle  all  the  way  down  to  the  bottom  to  include  and  enroll  everyone  in  your  business  to  practice  the  improved  standards.  

• Take  Immediate  Action  –  Take  immediate  action  on  suggestions  given  through  your  implementation  of  ‘Kaizen’  to  achieve  the  absolute  best  results.  

• Standardize  –  Once  the  process  that  has  been  rolled  out  for  eliminating  waste  in  your  business  has  been  proven  with  specific  measurable  results,  the  process  must  be  standardized  in  your  business  so  it  becomes  part  of  the  culture.  

Page 17: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 17 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

         

Chapter  2  Effective  Management  

Page 18: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 18 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Management  Philosophy    

1. We’re  not  in  the  pizza  business-­‐serving  guests;  we’re  in  people  business  serving  people!  What  does  this  mean  to  you?    

2. Our  reputation  as  a  business  is  our  measure  of  success.  What  reputation  would  you  like  to  have?  

 

3. Respect  is  earned  not  given.      

Respect  is  not  based  on  being  liked,  but  in  demonstrating  your  dedication  to  sensible,  professional  management  principles.    The  first  step  toward  gaining  respect  is  being  able  and  willing  to  do  anything  you  ask  an  employee  to  do.    Clear  leadership  requires  a  thoughtful,  empathetic,  consistent  approach  to    how  you  manage  people.    

 

4. Be  sensitive  to  human  needs.      

Human  needs  and  fallibility  are  important  in  our  employee  relationships.    Look  for  ways  to  say  "yes",  rather  than  concentrating  on  ways  to  say  "no".    Consider  age,  maturity,  experience  and  personal  idiosyncrasies  when  managing  people.    No  one  cares  how  much  you  know  until  you  show  them  how  much  you  care.  

 

5. Employee  relations  are  built  on  mutual  respect,  tactful  confrontation,  accountability  and  consistency.        

Address  the  worst  problems  first.    Remain  objective  in  your  review  of  employee  performance.    If  lines  of  communications  are  clear,  choices  are  available.    We  never  fire  employees:  they  fire  themselves.    If  an  employee  performs  poorly,  or  with  an  unacceptable  attitude,  they  have  chosen  the  consequences  of  that  behavior:  Termination.  

 

6. Confrontation  is  necessary  and  healthy.      

Confront  with  tact,  sensitivity  and  diplomacy.    Strive  to  clarify  an  employee's  understanding  of  the  subject.    Be  patient:  keep  in  mind,  only  7%  of  communication  is  truly  understood.    Keep  it  simple.    

 

7. Be  consistent  in  your  management.      

If  you  do  not  possess  any  other  quality  as  a  manager,  this  is  the  single  most  important  quality  to  develop.    Consistency  is  fairness  in  management.    If  they  are  guessing  what  you’re  going  to  do,  or  how  you’re  going  to  react,  you’re  not  being  a  consistent  manager.  

 

8. Mistakes  are  natural:  admit  them.      

Never  be  afraid  to  apologize.    It  is  a  great  personal  asset  to  be  able  to  admit  your  mistakes  to  your  employees,  your  guests  and  yourself.      

Page 19: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 19 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

     

9. Employees  either  get  better,  or  they  get  worse...    They  never  stay  the  same.    Managers  too!!    10. There  are  no  problems,  only  solutions.      

Once  problems  have  been  identified  and  brought  to  your  attention,  spend  your  time  on  the  solution.    Set  priorities  then  evaluate  cost  vs.  benefit.    Don't  rehash  the  problems,  no  one  cares  why  it  can't  be  done,  only  how  it  can  be  done.    Seek  solutions  and  encourage  your  staff  to  do  the  same.  

 

11. The  only  stupid  question  is  the  one  you  don't  ask.      

Impress  upon  your  staff  the  importance  of  asking  for  clarification  of  a  policy  or  for  assistance  before  the  restaurant  suffers.  

 

12. Write  it  down.      

If  you  don't  write  it  down,  it  doesn't  exist.    Ultimately,  managers  in  the  organization  will  fail  if  they  cannot  master  this  simple  discipline.  

 

13. Ask  the  tough  question  first.         It  saves  time,  reduces  stress  and  eliminates  the  "hidden  agenda".  Be  transparent  &  honest!    

14. Plans  are  nothing;  planning  is  everything.    You  are  running  a  mutli-­‐million  dollar  business.    Set  goals,  create  detailed  measureable  action  plans  and  execute.    Be  a  results  driven  manager.  

     People  development,  profitability,  marketing,  sales,  execution  –  it  doesn’t  matter  what  you’re  planning  for.    If  you  put  pen  to  paper,  prepare  a  detailed  plan  and  execute,  you  will  always  achieve  better  results.  

                         

Page 20: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 20 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Management  Structure    Management  Positions:    Corresponding  training  paths  must  be  completed  with  Head  Office  authorization  before  any  management  position  is  assigned/assumed.        General  Manager  Culinary  Manager  Assistant  Manager  Assistant  Culinary  Manager  Night  Leader  Line  Leader    The  philosophy  behind  having  the  above  management  positions  is  that  each  manager  will  be  very  hands–on.    Having  hands-­‐on  leaders  ensures  the  following  things  are  achieved:  

1. The  restaurant  has  skilled  people  leading  each  shift  and  each  area  of  the  restaurant.  2. Although  there  are  several  managers  for  a  somewhat  small  operation,  the  hands-­‐on  

aspect  allows  labour  to  remain  at  acceptable  levels.  3. Managers  are  able  to  have  1  –  2  days  off  per  week.  4. More  attention  to  detail  on  aspects  such  as  training  staff  properly,  having  face-­‐to-­‐face  

contact  with  our  guests,  and  being  diligent  on  keeping  our  pizza  and  food  quality  at  its  highest,  and  troubleshooting  when  it  is  not.    

 In  addition  to  general  food  service  operations,  there  are  several  duties  that  need  to  be  done.    The  following  is  a  breakdown  of  the  duties:  

 DUTIES   PERFORMED  BY   COMMENTS  

ADMINISTRATION  

Payroll   GM   Because  payroll  is  such  a  significant  cost,  it  is  recommended  that  the  GM  do  it  so  they  can  ensure  that  timesheets  are  completed  properly,  and  honestly.    It  is  also  an  opportunity  to  see  if  other  managers  are  cutting  staff  appropriately.  

Bi-­‐weekly  Tip  Out  

GM,  CM  or  AM   We  suggest  the  GM  does  the  Bi-­‐weekly  manager  &  BOH  tip  outs.    But  it  is  up  to  your  discretion        

Page 21: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 21 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Server  Schedule   GM  or  AM   The  GM  should  always  do  the  final  draft  of  the  schedule,  as  proper  staffing  levels  are  crucial  for  smooth  and  profitable  operations.    The  AM  should  always  complete  the  first  draft  and  submit  it  to  the  GM  for  final  review.  

Pizzaiolo  Schedule  

GM,  CM   The  GM  should  always  do  the  final  draft  of  the  schedule,  as  proper  staffing  levels  are  crucial  for  smooth  and  profitable  operations.    The  CM  should  always  complete  the  first  draft  and  submit  it  to  the  GM  for  final  review.  

Bill/Invoice  Payments  

GM   The  GM  needs  to  have  control  of  where  the  money  is  going.  If  any  invoicing  or  bill  payments  mistakes  occur,  there  is  only  1  person  (the  GM)  that  has  handled  the  process  making  the  follow  up  much  easier.  

Bank  Deposits  &  Withdrawals  

GM   GM  must  be  the  only  manager  in  control  of  the  money  transactions  for  the  store.    The  GM  is  responsible  for  balancing  the  store  checkbook  and  bank  accounts.    Having  1  person  handle  the  bank  deposits  and  withdrawals  is  important  to  control  the  restaurant’s  cash  flow.  

P&L  report   GM   Due  to  head  office  no  later  than  5pm  every  Tuesday.    Must  include  your  Regional  Manager,  Famoso  Inc.  Accounting  representative,  your  provincial  Operations  Director,  Jason,  Justin  &  Christian.    Duties  within  the  P&L  can  be  assigned  to  the  CM  or  AM,  with  the  GM  held  accountable  for  the  complete  workbook.    The  GM  is  responsible  as  well  as  held  accountable  for  ensuring  the  P&L  is  sent  in  on  time  with  a  completed  weekly  analysis  every  week  &  that  all  information  entered  is  accurate  and  up  to  date.          

Page 22: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 22 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Royalty  reporting  

GM   Due  to  head  office  and  received  no  later  than  the  10th  of  each  month.    We  suggest  sending  in  your  royalties  through  Express  post  to  know  when  Head  Office  will  receive  your  Royalty  package.    All  required  information  must  be  submitted  when  sending  your  royalty  package.  

CULINARY  OPERATIONS  

Making  Dough   GM,  CM,  AM  &  ACM  

Making  our  dough  is  of  central  importance  to  our  business.    The  recipe  and  methods  are  important  knowledge  that  MUST  not  ever  be  shared  with  anyone  outside  management.  The  CM  &  ACM  (who  have  earned  trust,  not  just  filling  the  roles)  should  be  the  ones  making  dough  daily,  and  on  days  off,  the  GM  &  AM  will  make  dough.    The  dough  recipe  and  process  MUST  be  followed  to  Famoso  standard.  Making  any  adjustments  to  the  dough  making  procedure  or  recipe  is  not  acceptable.  

Invoice  Price  Changes  

GM,  CM  &  AM   Those  who  are  doing  the  ordering  should  complete  Price  adjustments.    If  price  adjustments  are  not  updated,  you  will  not  know  accurate  inventory  and  food  costs.    We  suggest  that  price  adjustments  be  completed  every  week  to  ensure  that  you  numbers  are  as  accurate  as  possible.  

Inventory  Count  and  Input  in  P&L  

GM  &  CM   Inventory  is  the  responsibility  of  the  CM  with  the  GM  able  to  fill  in  on  sick  days  or  vacations.    CM  should  have  an  effective  routine  on  inventory  days  to  ensure  that  orders  are  submitted  on  time  and  all  counts  are  inputted,  orders  are  placed  and  costs  are  reconciled.  

Food  and  Beverage  Orders  

GM,  CM  &  AM   Shortages  are  not  acceptable.    All  efforts  should  be  made  to  pick  up  or  have  delivered  any  shortage  on  product  from  other  stores,  current  suppliers  and  lastly  grocery  stores.      

Page 23: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 23 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Ensure  Prep  Chart  is  Filled  Daily,  and  Par  Levels  are  Monitored  Daily  

GM,  CM,  AM  &  ACM  

Filling  in  the  prep  chart  is  a  daily  pizzaiolo  responsibility  with  the  daytime  manager  ensuring  this  is  done  properly.    CM  &  ACM  must  follow  up  daily  to  ensure  the  par  levels  are  monitored  to  ensure  pars  are  increased/decreased  wherever  necessary.  

Adjust  Pars  on  Prep  Chart  Monthly  

CM  with  input  from  GM,  AM  and  ACM  

The  information  necessary  for  adjusting  pars  will  be  on  the  prep  chart.    The  CM  should  also  check  with  GM,  AM  &  ACM  to  see  if  they  have  any  comments.  

Adjust  Pars  on  Order  Guide  Monthly  

CM  with  input  from  GM,  AM  &  ACM  

The  CM  is  responsible  for  updating  all  the  pars  but  should  also  get  feedback  from  the  GM,  AM  &  ACM  to  ensure  that  product  levels  reflect  what  is  needed  to  set  up  the  store  for  success.  

Hiring/Firing  Pizzaiolos  

GM,  CM  &  AM   Any  of  the  key  managers  on  duty  should  perform  a  first  interview,  and  great  candidates  should  be  hired  on  the  spot.    GM  has  final  call  on  who  works  on  his/her  crew  although  the  CM  should  have  the  most  input  for  pizzaiolos.    Firing  can  be  done  by  any  manager,  but  should  always  be  discussed  first  unless  the  employee  does  something  that  warrants  firing  on  the  spot.  

Training  Pizzaiolos  

CM,  GM,  AM,  ACM  

CM  should  do  the  initial  set  up  of  training  &  initial  training  of  pizzaiolos,  however,  GM  &  AM  need  to  continue  training  throughout  their  shifts  and  know  where  trainees  are  at.  

Restaurant  Operations  

Daily  Cash  Outs  (DRS)  

GM,  AM,  CM,  ACM  &  NL  

The  manager  or  leader  should  complete  daily  cash  outs  at  the  end  of  every  day.    All  information  entered  must  be  accurate  and  DRS  must  be  balanced  daily.  

Page 24: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 24 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Shortage  Pick  up   GM,  CM,  AM,  ACM  &  NL  

When  there  is  a  shortage  of  product  in  the  restaurant,  the  manager  responsible  for  ordering  that  product  should  pick  up  the  shortage.    This  puts  accountability  on  the  person  ordering.    However,  any  manager  should  help  out  by  picking  up  necessary  product  shortages  to  avoid  being  out  of  stock  of  any  products  or  menu  items.  

Hiring/Firing  Server’s  

GM,  CM  &  AM   Any  manager  on  duty  should  perform  a  first  interview,  and  great  candidates  should  be  hired  on  the  spot.    GM  has  final  call  on  who  works  on  his/her  crew  although  the  AM  should  have  the  most  input  for  servers.    Firing  can  be  done  by  any  manager,  but  should  always  be  discussed  first  unless  the  employee  does  something  that  warrants  firing  on  the  spot.  

Training  Servers   GM,  CM,  AM  &  NL  

AM  should  do  the  initial  training  of  Servers,  however,  GM  and  CM  need  to  continue  training  throughout  their  shifts  and  know  where  trainees  are  at.  

Liquor  Order   GM,  CM  &  AM   Should  be  completed  by  the  CM  on  inventory  and  order  days,  but  may  be  delegated  to  the  AM  to  control  bar  inventory  and  costs.    The  GM  is  responsible  for  ensuring  the  liquor  order  is  placed  every  day  and  the  store  carries  sufficient  stocking  levels  for  sales.  

Labor  &  Productivity  Spreadsheet  

GM,  CM,  AM,  ACM  &  NL  

Must  be  completed  every  shift  by  the  manager  or  leader  on  duty.    All  information  being  entered  must  be  entered  accurately.  

Open  Store,  Opening  Checklist  

GM,  CM,  AM,  ACM  &  NL  

Must  be  completed  every  day  by  the  opening  manager.      

Closing  Store,  Complete  Closing  Checklist  

GM,  CM,  AM,  ACM  &  NL  

Must  be  completed  every  night  by  the  closing  manager.      

 

Page 25: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 25 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Things  To  Always  Think  About…the  guest  is  thinking  the  same  thing!    

o Music  genre  and  volume  –  does  it  fit  the  atmosphere?    Usually,  as  a  room  fills  up  with  people  and  energy,  the  music  should  increase  in  volume  and  energy.    When  the  room  empties  out,  the  music  should  come  down  in  volume  and  energy.  (Pre  set  markings)    

o TV  –  what’s  on?    We  usually  show  sports  or  sport  highlights.    No  poker  or  boxing  shows  allowed.  If  there  are  no  sporting  events,  you  may  also  put  on  the  Food  Network.  

 o Temperature  –  is  the  room  too  hot,  too  cold?    Make  the  necessary  adjustments.  Be  aware  of  

your  guests.  Keep  in  mind,  when  it  is  busy  we  are  moving  around  a  lot  so  a  cool  room  may  be  comfortable  for  us.  Look  for  guests  wearing  their  coats.    Is  the  room  too  cold?  Look  for  guests  sweating  or  looking  uncomfortable.  Is  the  room  to  warm?    Temperature  plays  a  large  role  in  our  atmosphere.      

o Lighting  –  Is  the  room  too  bright  or  dark?    Usually  a  room  is  too  bright.    Lights  have  to  be  dimmed  gradually  as  the  light  outside  gradually  gets  darker.    At  dusk  your  lights  should  be  dimmed  once.  At  night,  they  should  be  dimmed  again.    

o Product  Quality  –  How  does  the  food  look?  Is  it  being  made  to  Famoso  Standard?  How  is  the  pizza  dough?    Over/Under  stretched,  ingredient  scoops  being  used?  It  is  the  manager/leader  on  shift’s  responsibility  to  ensure  that  all  food  &  beverages  are  being  made  100%  to  spec  (best  version  of  every  item).    

o Quality  Checks  –  are  servers  doing  regular  table  checks?    Are  managers  doing  regular  table  checks?  It  is  important  that  managers  ensure  the  guests  are  not  just  content,  but  very  happy  with  their  food,  beverages,  service  and  overall  experience.  

 o Work  ethic  –  is  everybody  doing  their  part?    If  it’s  slow,  do  people  have  things  to  do?    It  is  

the  manager’s  job  to  motivate  and  get  people  going.  Managers  must  set  the  pace  for  every  shift.  Keeping  your  staff  motivated  and  busy  every  shift,  impacts  and  influences  a  culture  where  your  employees  know  that  from  the  moment  they  start  their  shift,  they  are  working.    

o Cleanliness  –  Is  the  restaurant  clean  &  organized?  Are  the  bathrooms  clean  and  in  pristine  condition  even  during  your  peak  periods?  Do  a  walk  through  of  the  restaurant  several  times  throughout  your  shifts  and  delegate  cleaning  tasks  that  need  to  be  done.  It  is  important  to  keep  both  the  standards  for  cleanliness  high.  Remember,  there  is  a  difference  between  cleaning  and  wiping.  Managers  should  be  checking  duties  regularly  and  providing  feedback  wherever  necessary  to  ensure  that  cleanliness  standards  are  being  followed.

 

Page 26: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 26 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Atmosphere   Atmosphere  is  the  one  product  that  ALL  guests  buy.  A  comfortable  and  inviting  environment  is  a  key  part  of  the  offering  that  we  provide  to  our  guests.    Great  atmosphere  affects  how  guests  feel  when  they  dine  at  your  restaurant.    This  in  turn  this  will  increase  your  average  guest  cheques  by  encouraging  guests  to  stay  longer  and  will  drive  return  business  and  future  sales.        There  are  3  key  areas  that  managers  must  always  be  on  top  of  when  executing  High  Profile  Management  to  ensure  that  atmosphere  is  always  great  

o Lighting  levels  o Music  Selection  &  Volume  o Temperature  

 Lighting  Levels  There  should  be  3  lighting  levels  set  in  each  location.  These  levels  should  be  clearly  marked  on  the  lighting  controls,  so  there  is  no  confusion  

• Daytime  Lighting  o Before  5pm  slightly  dimmed  (you’re  not  trying  to  dim  the  room,  lights  should  brought  down  

enough  to  reduce  the  “harshness”  created  by  artificial  lighting).  • Evening  Lighting  

o 5-­‐8pm  DIMMED  –  (Create  a  “Dinner  atmosphere”.    Room  should  be  warm  and  inviting.)      • Late  Night  Lighting  

o After  8pm  FURTHER  DIMMED  –  (late  night  atmosphere  should  be  slightly  dimmer  then  your  evening  atmosphere.    This  is  more  of  a  late  night  atmosphere  conducive  to  late  night  wine  dinners  looking  to  relax  and  enjoy  a  glass  of  wine  or  a  cocktail.)    

 Music  Selection  &  Volume  Music  should  provide  background  life  and  energy.  It  should  mute  the  sounds  of  the  kitchen,  the  other  guests  and  the  general  operations  of  the  restaurant.  

• PCMusic  must  be  used  for  your  music  playlists.  • Music  should  create  energy  in  your  room.      • Volume  should  be  at  “Voice  Level”.    This  means  that  guests  should  be  able  to  easily  hear  

their  companions  speaking  but  should  not  be  able  to  hear  the  guests  at  the  next  table.    As  a  guideline,  the  lyrics  should  not  be  obvious,  however,  you  should  be  able  to  hear  the  words  if  you  concentrate  on  the  song.  

 Temperature  Temperature  must  be  comfortable.    Too  hot,  too  cold  or  air  blowing  directly  on  guests  will  make  them  uncomfortable.  

• A  constant  20°C,  is  generally  comfortable.  • Watch  guest  body  language  as  indicators  of  temperature  problems.      • Staff  and  managers  are  moving  around  and  will  often  feel  its  warm  when  in  fact  it  is  a  good  

temperature  for  your  guest.      Eg:  A  guest  putting  of  a  jacket  or  sweater  could  be  a  sign  that  the  temperature  needs  to  be  turned  up.    

 

Page 27: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 27 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Famoso  Standard/Walk  Thru  Checklist  

Must  be  Completed  100%  at  store  open,  shift  change  and  throughout  the  entire  day.  Ensures  Famoso  standards  are  met  and  your  restaurant  is  looking  great  at  all  times.  

 1. Clean  entrance  and  parking  lot.  

i. Guest’s  perception  of  the  restaurant  begins  before  they  even  step  foot  in  your  store.  Be  aware  of  all  areas  surrounding  your  store  

2. All  furniture  is  clean  and  in  order.  Tables  clean  and  bussed,  seats  wiped  down  i. Tables  are  waxed  and  well  maintained  ii. Booth  &  chair  seats  are  not  torn  and  are  well  maintained  iii. Table  and  chair  bases  are  cleaned  and  well  maintained  

3. Display  counter  clean  and  free  of  clutter  4. Clean  silverware,  condiments  station  stocked,  polished  glassware  5. Washrooms  are  clean,  stocked  with  toiletries  6. Greeting  by  everyone  that  crosses  the  path  of  a  patron  7. Server  should  greet  guests  immediately  when  they  enter  and  no  longer  than  10  seconds  of  

coming  to  the  counter.  If  the  server  is  busy,  they  should  acknowledge  the  guest  by  saying  something  like  “I’ll  be  right  with  you”  with  a  smile.  

8. Suggestive  selling  of  anything  that  may  compliment  the  guest’s  meal  i. Appetizers  should  be  offered  to  every  guest  especially  large  groups  ii. Drink  features  iii. ‘Save  room  for  dessert’  

9. Up-­‐selling  –  are  servers  offering  extra  drinks  and/or  desserts  at  tables  10. Uniforms  are  clean  and  pressed.  Staff  are  well  groomed  with  great  personal  hygiene  

i. Staff  take  pride  in  personal  presentation  ii. Proper  footwear  is  being  worn  iii. Aprons  are  clean  

11. Staff  attitude:  positive,  high  energy,  smile  12. Manager  presentation  –  well  groomed,  personal  hygiene  

i. Manager’s  take  pride  in  their  appearance  (well  groomed  &  professional)  ii. Manager’s  working  admin  days,  take  pride  in  their  appearance  iii. Managers  in  full  uniform  as  per  Famoso  uniform  standards  

13. Manager  performing  table  checks  &  active  in  High  profile  management  their  entire  shift  i. Managers  actively  meeting  guests  and  acknowledges  regulars  

14. Manager  actively  coaching,  promoting  teamwork,  setting  pace  and  positive  attitude  i. Managers  having  post  shift  one  on  ones  with  staff  ii. Managers  actively  partaking  in  the  shift  &  setting  the  pace  for  staff  iii. Managers  display  on  shift  coaching  &  development  

15. Manager  handling  guest  complaints  i. QSAs  are  being  used  to  company  standards  ii. QSAs  are  being  used  effectively  to  impact  guest  experiences  

16. Manager  acknowledging  all  guests  as  if  they  were  our  most  loyal  i. Promos  are  used  to  build  business  &  ack.  regulars  

Page 28: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 28 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

High  Profile  Management  

As  Famoso  management,  it  is  your  job  to  ensure  all  your  guests  enjoy  their  experience  in  your  pizzeria.  Guests  feel  great  after  being  recognized,  chatted  with  and  acknowledged  by  the  manager  on  shift.  If  you  are  not  developing  relationships  with  guests  that  frequent  your  location,  then  there  is  a  good  chance  they  will  go  to  competitors  who  will  work  hard  to  make  them  feel  wanted  and  taken  care  of.  Increasing  guest  loyalty  is  one  of  the  most  important  4  walls  marketing  strategies  you  can  implement  to  build  sales  and  improve  your  profitability.    Regular  guests  are  very  desirable  because  they  already  know  both  the  product  as  well  are  familiar  with  the  brand.  They  like  the  restaurant  so  much,  they  keep  coming  back  and  usually  tend  to  spend  more  money  than  other  guests.  Never  underestimate  the  power  of  word  of  mouth.  Since  your  regulars  are  frequent  your  location,  they  are  more  likely  to  tell  their  friends,  family  and  connections  about  your  location,  resulting  in  being  one  of  your  best  resources  for  marketing.  

 As  a  manager,  your  goal  through  High  Profile  Management  is  to  strengthen  your  guests’  emotional  bonds  to  your  restaurant.  This  can  be  done  very  easily.  It  can  be  as  simple  as  remembering  a  guest’s  name  and  greeting  them  personally  each  time  they  come  in.  Or  thanking  someone  you  recognize  for  coming  back.  Or  you  may  want  to  use  a  manager  promo  and  take  care  of  an  extra  item  for  them  to  show  appreciation  for  them  coming  back.  This  will  strengthen  the  guest’s  emotional  bond  to  your  restaurant  and  encourage  them  to  spread  the  word  about  your  great  and  engaging  service.  Never  underestimate  the  value  a  manager’s  interaction  has  on  a  guest  experience.  

 Much  of  the  success  of  your  restaurant  will  be  based  on  return  and  regular  guests  

§ A  Successful  and  growing  business  has  70%  regular/return  customers  and  30%  new  customers.  (Businesses  with  sales  increases)  

§ Businesses  that  maintain  their  current  sales  have  80%  regular/return  customers  and  20%  new  customers.  

§ Stores  that  see  a  decline  is  sales  trends  have  more  than  90%  regular/return  customers  and  less  than  10%  new  customers.  

In  order  to  maintain  sales,  you  still  need  to  work  to  consistently  not  only  to  drive  new  guests  through  your  door,  but  to  maintain  a  consistent  flow  of  regular  guests  to  your  business.  

 Keeping  a  level  head  at  the  busiest  of  times  and  always  seeing  things  from  the  guest’s  perspective  is  essential  when  running  the  restaurant.  Your  interaction  and  your  appearance  both  in  and  outside  of  the  restaurant  have  to  be  considered  at  all  times.  Remember,  you  are  on  stage.  Be  genuine  in  your  interactions  with  all  guests.  

 Even  outside  of  the  restaurant  you  are  still  representing  your  store.    You  are  engraved  in  the  guest  perspective  alongside  the  store  you  work  in.    Carry  promo  materials  and  business  cards  with  you  at  all  times.    Make  an  effort  to  encourage  anyone  you  speak  with  to  come  try  Authentic  Neapolitan  Pizza  and  don’t  be  afraid  to  brag  a  bit  about  your  store.    Famoso  suits  a  large  scale  of  demographics  and  dinning  needs.    Make  a  commitment  to  yourself  and  your  store  to  ensure  everyone  knows  what  Famoso  is  all  about.    

Page 29: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 29 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Hospitality    

What  is  Hospitality?  Hospitality  is  the  relationship  between  the  guest  and  the  staff  &  management.  This  includes  the  genuine  interactions  with  guests,  entertainment  of  guests  and  general  care  of  their  overall  experience.  

 Every  restaurant  has  systems,  standards  and  expectations,  for  food,  drinks,  marketing,  cleanliness,  training,  etc...  Our  systems,  if  properly  followed  and  executed,  will  support  the  efficiency  of  your  overall  operations  and  execution.  While  all  these  systems,  standards  and  training  tools  are  absolutely  important,  they  don’t  develop  or  drive  Hospitality  in  our  restaurants.  Without  the  feeling  generated  through  Hospitality,  some  of  our  guests  leave  with  a  flat  feeling  about  their  experience.  Our  objective  is  to  begin  ‘Wowing’  as  many  guests  as  possible,  through  specific  Hospitality  training  tools  and  approaches.  This  will  support  not  only  your  location  but  also  our  company  by  positively  impacting  all  our  guest  experiences  through  Genuine  Care  and  Hospitality.  

 What  is  the  difference  between  Service  &  Hospitality?  

§ Service  is  o About  meeting  Expectations!  o About  what  you  DO!  o A  servers  ability  to  efficiently  execute  the  service  steps  expected.  o A  manager’s  responsibility  to  ensure  that  guests  experiences  are  flawlessly  executed.  

§ Hospitality  is  o About  exceeding  Expectations!  o About  how  you  Are!  o A  server  and  manager’s  ability  to  foster  a  relationship  with  each  guest  through  genuine  

interactions  and  care.  Whether  directly  by  getting  to  know  them,  or  indirectly  by  showing  appreciation  and  value  for  the  guest  being  in  their  restaurant  in  a  unique  way  catered  to  that  specific  interaction.  

 What  is  World  Renowned  Hospitality  at  Famoso?  

Hospitality  shows  up  in  many  different  ways.  Below  are  some  examples  of  Key  World  Renowned  Hospitality  Characteristics.  

§ Be  Present  o Staff  and  managers  are  in  the  moment  with  every  guest  they  interact  with.    

§ Be  Relaxed  o Guests  never  feel  rushed  or  like  they  are  an  inconvenience.  Staff  and  managers  are  always  

calm,  cool  and  collected  showing  no  signs  of  stress  in  front  of  any  guest.  § Be  Surprising  

o Encourage  your  staff  (FOH  &  BOH)  to  look  for  opportunities  to  exceed  guest  expectations.  Do  something  memorable  for  your  guests.  

§ Be  Personal  o Address  guests  by  their  name  every  time  an  opportunity  presents  itself  to  do  so.  It  makes  

them  feel  important  and  valued.  § Be  Perceptive  

o Always  be  anticipating  your  guest’s  needs.  Guests  needs  are  met  before  they  even  realized  they  needed  something  (refills,  their  bill,  desserts)  

Ø Ask  your  staff  to  seek  out  ways  to  WOW  your  guests  at  EVERY  opportunity!  

Page 30: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 30 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Reading  Your  Guest    Reading  a  table  should  happen  within  seconds  of  the  manager  approaching  the  table.  How  they  choose  to  interact  or  not  interact  with  you  sets  the  table  for  your  level  of  interaction  with  the  guests.  Your  interactions  should  be  situational  based  on  the  guest  dynamic  &  mood  at  each  table.  An  individualized  approach  to  your  guests  is  crucial  to  drive  well-­‐judged  and  personal  service.    § If  the  guests  are  chatting,  laughing  and  appear  to  be  enjoying  each  other’s  company,  be  

casual  in  your  approach  and  engage  the  group  on  an  entertainment  level.  These  guests  are  the  easiest  to  build  a  relationship  with.  

§ If  the  guests  are  a  little  standoffish  or  moody,  ensure  that  your  approach  is  more  experience  specific.  Ensure  they  feel  taken  care  of  and  go  above  and  beyond  to  ensure  that  everything  for  these  guests  is  on  point.  

§ If  the  guests  ask  menu,  product  or  brand  questions,  take  this  opportunity  to  build  a  relationship  with  the  table  around  what  we  offer  here  at  Famoso.  Get  them  excited  on  your  favourite  menu  items  &  about  our  products  or  our  brand  growth.    

§ If  the  guests  come  in  for  an  early  lunch  or  dinner  and  are  dressed  up,  they  might  be  coming  from  or  going  to  another  event.  

o If  they  are  going  to  a  later  event,  it  is  great  practice  to  find  out  how  much  time  they  have  to  ensure  that  all  items  ordered  are  delivered  to  them  promptly.  

§ If  the  guests  are  wearing  suits  or  dressed  up  at  lunch,  they  might  be  on  a  lunch  break  or  having  a  lunch  meeting.  Ensure  prompt  service.  

Ø If  they  are  on  a  lunch  break,  it  is  great  practice  to  find  out  how  much  time  they  have  to  ensure  they  are  not  rushing  through  their  meals  (all  items  ordered  are  delivered  to  them  promptly)  

Ø If  they  are  having  a  lunch  meeting  that  they  feel  comfortable  being  in  the  building  as  long  as  they  need  to  and  that  there  is  minimal  interruptions  while  providing  these  guests  with  everything  they  need  during  their  experience.  

§ If  there  is  a  guest  that  is  more  outgoing  and  engaging  than  the  others,  ensure  that  you  interact  with  them,  BUT  don’t  forget  there  are  other  guests  at  the  table.  

                           

Page 31: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 31 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Working  The  Floor    

Working  the  floor  as  a  manager  means  that  you  are  responsible  for  everything  that  is  going  on  in  your  restaurant.  It  is  your  responsibility  to  ensure  that  every  guest  is  receiving  an  unparalleled  experience  filled  with  World  Renowned  Hospitality,  perfect  food  &  an  amazing  and  addictive  atmosphere.  It  is  also  your  responsibility  as  the  key  point  of  contact  for  handling  all  guest  complaints  to  ensure  that  every  guest  leaves  the  restaurant  happy.    Remember  that  our  guests  are  always  our  #1  priority.  As  a  manager,  you  want  every  guest  in  the  building  on  your  shift  to  feel  like  they  are  guests  dining  in  your  home,  not  as  though  they  are  just  another  ‘customer’  in  the  building.  Chat  with  them,  get  to  know  your  guests,  build  your  own  personal  regulars  and  spend  as  much  time  as  possible  on  the  floor  so  that  your  guests  and  your  staff  see  what  is  important  to  you.    In  order  to  run  a  great  shift  working  the  floor  as  a  High  Profile  manager,  you  must  first  visualize  the  outcome  you  want  and  work  to  set  yourself  and  your  shift  up  for  success.  Plan  your  pre  shifts  with  both  FOH  &  BOH  teams.  Create  the  best  possible  floor  plan  with  performance  strengths  spread  out  through  the  dining  room.  Set  goals  to  ensure  you  are  driving  and  motivating  your  team  around  certain  results  you  wish  to  accomplish  every  shift.      If  you  are  in  a  car  and  no  one  is  driving,  what’s  going  to  happen?  You’re  going  to  CRASH!  The  same  applies  to  your  restaurant.  The  manager  responsible  to  running  the  shift  is  responsible  to  working  the  floor.    Consistently  throughout  each  shift,  the  manager  should  be  taking  a  regular  path  through  all  the  key  areas  of  the  restaurant  –  both  FOH  &  BOH.    Is  every  guest  being  taken  care  of?  Is  every  guest  being  greeted  promptly  and  leaving  happy?  Are  food  safety  procedures  being  used  in  the  kitchen  and  behind  the  bar?  The  best  way  to  find  out  is  through  one  of  their  travel  paths  through  the  restaurant.    Working  the  floor  is  to  also  include  driving  performance  through  encouraging  teamwork.  Recognizing  and  showing  appreciation  for  the  hard  work    of  your  staff  will  influence  even  more  success.    Never  walk  past  a  mistake,  whether  poor  food  quality,  poor  service  execution,  poor  drink  times  or  food  times,  ensure  you  address  issues  and  opportunities  as  you  see  them.      

                   

Page 32: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 32 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Faces  –  Tables  -­‐  Action    Faces  –  Tables  -­‐  Action  –  Why  do  it?  

Guest  retention  is  critically  important  for  any  business  to  sustain  sales,  build  sales  &  impact  profitability.  We  must  consider  there  is  an  opportunity  in  our  restaurants  to  build  sales  through  increased  repeat  business  by  executing  service  basics  that  are  expected  by  our  guests  during  every  visit....  things  that  our  guest  find  unforgiveable.  Faces  -­‐  Tables  -­‐  Action  is  a  tool  is  to  support  the  maximum  retention  of  our  guests  through  the  on-­‐going  development  of  our  people  to  look  for  opportunities  where  we  are  not  meeting  these  expectations  by  reading  our  guests  and  immediately  acting  every  time.  As  a  company  we  recognize  there  are  always  opportunities  to  develop  and  train  staff,  managers  and  night  leaders  what  to  look  for  and  how  to  react  when  working  on  the  floor.  This  simplifies  our  approach  because  our  best  measure  of  success  is  Every  Guest  Looks  Satisfied  during  their  entire  experience.  Start  to  Finish! Being  aware  and  feeling  accountable  to  every  guest  experience  is  key  in  the  success  of  your  business.  FTA  supports  your  restaurant's  on-­‐going  development  and  training  by  identifying  opportunities  to  be  great  by  always  reading  your  guests  and  taking  action.  

Faces  –  Tables  -­‐  Action  -­‐  What  is  it?  "Faces  -­‐  Tables  -­‐  Action"  is  a  simple  teaching  system  for  working  on  the  floor.  It  teaches  our  staff  and  managers  to  think  on  a  GM  level  when  working  the  floor,  and  it  helps  eliminate  the  things  that  our  guests  hate  us  for.  High  Profile  Management  is  the  ultimate  end  goal  for  all  of  our  managers...mastering  Faces  &  Tables  is  a  crucial  first  step  down  the  path.      Almost  all  of  our  guest  complaints  would  be  avoided  if  Faces  -­‐  Tables  -­‐  Action  was  executed  properly  by  our  managers.    Examples  of  recent  guest  complaints    

§ Cold  pizza  § Restaurant  was  freezing  § No  re-­‐fills  offered  § No  quality  checks  § Pizzas  weren't  hot  § No  quality  check  § No  one  took  payment  

Ø SATISFACTION  GOES  STALE  FAST***  Just  because  a  guest  was  satisfied  5  minutes  ago  does  not  mean  they  still  are!  

               

Page 33: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 33 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

FTA  -­‐  How  to  do  it?  Read  Guests  [Body  Language]  +  [Physical  Needs]  +  [Take  Immediate  Action]    Faces;  Reading  the  body  language  of  our  guests  &  ACTING  IMMEDITALY  

• Smiling  vs.  Frowning    • Leaning  in  vs.  Leaning  away    • Plate  close  vs.  Pushed  away    • Engaging  each  other  /  Laughing  or  looking  around  the  room    • Reactions  to  light,  sound,  temperature,  and  first  bites  of  food    • Guest  looking  where/how  to  order  =  new  guest    ***Faces  exist  standing,  sitting,  walking,  

and  at  the  front  door***      

Tables;  Reading  the  physical  needs  of  our  guests  &  ACTING  IMMEDIATLEY  • Greeting/Spiel:  Knowing  a  table  has  been  greeted  because  of  plates  at  the  table    • Food  Delivery:  Meals  are  correct  -­‐  guests  are  eating  -­‐  guests  reaching  for  menus    • Quality  checks  happening    • Drink  re-­‐fills  happening    • Table  Maintenance:  Dirty  plates,  condiments,  etc...  • Billing:  Are  guests  looking  to  pay  their  bill?  Are  guests  getting  up  to  pay?    • Dirty  tables  bussed  and  cleaned  quickly    

 Ø The  most  important  part  of  Faces-­‐  Tables-­‐  Action  is  to  ACT  100%  of  the  time  when  

your  guests  have  a  need    Action;  When  an  observation  is  made  ALWAYS  act  immediately  to  ensure  your  guests  are  satisfied  

Too  often  we  notice  things  and  assume/expect  that  someone  else  will  do  it  or  is  on  top  of  it.  Or  we  make  a  mental  note  to  deal  with  it  at  a  later  time.  It  is  crucial  that  we  take  action  to  keep  our  guests  feeling  satisfied.  This  does  not  mean  that  you  have  to  do  everything,  but  you  do  have  to  be  100%  confident  your  guest’s  need  is  being  addressed.  

   Faces  -­‐  Tables  -­‐  Action  -­‐  What  is  it  NOT?  

§ It  is  NOT  a  table  touch  It  is  NOT  handling  a  guest  complaint  It  is  NOT  getting  to  know  guests  names  

§ It  is  NOT  guest  connection  It  is  NOT  spending  promo  dollars              

Page 34: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 34 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Identifying  1st  Time  Guests      

Our  Goal  is  to  Create  Raving  Fans  through  every  guest  interaction  and  touch  point  through  Hospitality  &  High  Profile  Management.  This  is  much  easier  said  than  done,  so  this  initiative  is  a  support  initiative  to  help  managers  not  only  ‘touch  tables’  but  to  ‘target  tables’  with  the  help  of  their  servers.    

 Ø The  Key  to  sales  success  is  to  create  a  strong  focus  on  caring  about  Every  Guest  Experience  

that  permeates  all  levels  of  your  business,  from  the  management  team  down  to  the  frontline.    Why  is  it  important  to  Identify  1st  Time  Guests  for  our  Service  &  Hospitality?  

§ Helps  build  Loyalty  § Guests  leaving  your  restaurant  that  day,  will  go  tell  people  (potentially  more  future  1st  time  guests)  

about  their  experience  § Huge  benefits  to  having  the  manager  go  to  the  table.  Guests  want  to  know  ‘People’  and  the  managers  

are  the  ‘People’  to  know  at  the  restaurant.  § Will  help  further  develop  manager’s  ‘muscle  helping  them  further  develop  their  skills  approaching  

tables/guests.  § Creates  word  of  mouth  

o Nothing  will  drive  guests  into  your  restaurant  like  the  recommendations  of  friends,  family,  colleagues,  etc...  One  of  the  best  ways  to  attract  new  guests  is  by  ensuring  that  everyone  that  leaves  your  restaurant  is  happy.  

o The  manager  has  the  opportunity  to  catch  the  ‘Why’s’.  They  are  the  right  person  answering  any  guest  questions  and  inquiries.  

i. ‘Why’  is  your  service  style  this  way  ii. ‘Why’  is  my  pizza  burnt  –  speckling  iii. ‘Why’  is  my  pizza  soggy  iv. ‘Why’  do  I  have  to  get  up  to  order  

 Ø The  secret  ingredient  to  a  memorable  experience  is  surprise!  An  act  of  kindness  leaves  a  

bigger  impact  when  it  is  unexpected!    The  ‘Identifying  1st  Time  Guests’  Objectives  

§ 1st  time  guests  need  to  be  acknowledged  so  they  become  regulars  to  your  location.  Start  each  shift  with  a  goal,  the  more  people  you  get  to  know  the  more  1st  Time  guests  you  will  personally  meet  and  they  will  visit  our  restaurant  more  frequently  growing  our  business.    

§ 1st  time  guests  need  to  be  acknowledged  so  they  become  regulars  to  our  location.  Every  manager  should  start  each  shift  with  a  goal,  to  personally  meet  and  impact  the  experience  of  every  1st  Time  Guest  in  your  restaurant.    

§ The  manager  running  the  shift  must  ensure  that  every  server  is  notifying  them  of  every  1st  Time  Guest  in  the  restaurant.  Train  the  servers  to  introduce  you  personally  to  their  guests.    

§ Every  manager  must  speak  with  every  1st  Time  Guest  that  is  in  their  building  every  shift  they  work.    § Every  manager  should  spend  a  portion  of  their  daily  manager  promo  spending  on  1st  Time  Guests  in  

the  building  exceeding  their  dining  experience  expectations  making  them  feel  appreciated  for  being    there.    

Page 35: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 35 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Understanding  Guest  Flow      

Guests  have  high  expectations  from  the  moment  they  walk  into  your  restaurant.  They  expect  great  food,  prompt  service  but  very  importantly  they  expect  that  their  time  in  your  restaurant  be  spent  efficiently.    It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  key  managers  in  your  location  to  ensure  they  are  obliged  to  make  the  seating  of  all  walk  in  guests  and  all  reservations  as  smooth  and  fair  as  possible.    Proper  seating  shows  both  care  and  courtesy  for  all  guests  and  influences  a  great  first  impression.  

 Make  Every  Guest  Feel  Welcome  

The  host  (ess)  or  manager  working  the  Host/ess  position  is  responsible  for  greeting  every  guest  making  them  feel  welcome  from  the  moment  they  walk  into  the  restaurant.  They  are  also  responsible  for  walking  or  directing  guests  to  their  tables  to  be  seated.  If  there  is  a  wait  for  a  table,  they  are  responsible  for  providing  an  accurate  wait  time.  

 Communication  Is  Important  

Servers  and  managers  must  consistently  communicate,  as  the  host  is  the  main  director  of  guest  flow  and  the  wait  time  require  input  from  floor  servers  and  managers  working  the  floor.  

 Speed  And  Efficiency  

Drive  service,  drink  &  food  times  as  they  all  influence  the  turnover  in  your  restaurant  when  it  is  busy.  Delays  in  food  bill  times  will  delay  guest  list  wait  times  causing  more  upset  guests  waiting  to  be  seated.    

 Turn  Tables  

Turning  tables  over  quickly  as  soon  as  a  table  leaves  eliminates  long  waits  at  the  door,  increases  revenue  while  showing  guests  that  seating  them  is  a  priority.    

     

   

                         

Page 36: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 36 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

The  Rush   Depending  on  the  day/time  of  the  week,  the  rushes  vary  in  length  and  frequency.  As  a  restaurant  manager,  you  are  responsible  for  overseeing  all  positions.  You  are  the  most  effective  on  the  dining  room  floor,  doing  table  checks,  promoting  the  business,  chatting  with  guests  and  motivating  staff.  Zero  office  work  should  be  done  during  the  rush.  Hands  on  work  only!    Depending  on  the  strength  of  your  staff,  you  need  to  assess  where  you  can  be  the  most  effective  at  any  specific  time  (**remember,  successful  shifts  start  with  a  well  planned  schedule!)    If  the  dining  room  is  hectic,  and  kitchen  is  in  control,  you  should  focus  on  the  servers  –  if  the  kitchen  is  busy,  and  servers  are  managing  the  room,  you  should  focus  on  the  kitchen.    Show  hustle.  Having  a  good  understanding  of  every  position  in  the  restaurant  is  important  so  that  you  can  jump  where  you  are  needed.  Impact  the  pace  of  the  staff  by  setting  it.  You  need  to  be  the  example.    It  can  sometimes  feel  like  you  are  needed  everywhere  at  once  when  running  your  shift.  That  may  be  because  you  actually  are.  Make  sure  there  is  a  comfortable  balance  between  being  challenged  and  not  stretching  yourself  too  thin.  

• Delegate  o While  you  may  feel  that  you  need  to  solve  every  issue  personally,  you  need  to  

recognize  what  tasks  can  be  completed  without  you  so  that  you  may  personally  take  care  priority  tasks  within  an  appropriate  timeline.  

• Face  time  o You  are  the  face  of  the  business  on  your  shift.  You  need  to  greet  and  interact  with  as  

many  guests  as  possible  on  every  shift.  No  matter  what  help  is  needed,  remember  that  your  guests  are  always  your  #1  priority  and  you  must  make  time  to  meet  them.  

 Restaurant  managers  sometimes  have  to  wear  many  hats  during  any  given  shift.  To  run  a  successful  shift  and  maximize  the  potential  of  every  rush,  you  must  plan  ahead,  communicate  expectations  to  staff  through  effective  pre  shifts  and  personally  meet  and  greet  your  guests  and  do  it  all  in  an  up  beat  and  energetic  manner.    Servers  

Of  everyone  that  our  guests  encounter  they  will  spend  the  most  time  with  their  server.    The  job  of  the  server  is  to  tour  their  guest  through  their  experience.  To  do  this  they  must  be  set  up  for  success,  with  enough  staff  on  shift  and  start  times  that  allow  them  to  provide  great  service  by  not  getting  too  many  tables.      o Table  quality  checks  are  being  done  and  guests  are  satisfied  o Refills  offered  on  time,  never  an  empty  glass.    o Tables  are  clean  and  room  is  organized.    Prioritization  is  essential!  o Water  jugs  are  full.  o Condiment  station  is  clean  and  organized.  o Patio  is  not  ignored  (dishes,  tables  and  condiment  table)  o Observe  the  music  (frozen  songs,  loud  or  soft  songs,  and  appropriate  songs  for  time  of  day…)  

Page 37: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 37 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

o Bathroom  checks  are  being  done  every  ½  hour  o Tableside  Up-­‐selling  is  key  –  offering  additional  beverages    o Bills  are  presented  quickly  o Deviation  service  is  practiced  ALWAYS.  o Manager  is  able  to  touch  each  table  

 Pizzaiolos/Kitchen  

When  the  ordering  slows  down,  the  restaurant  is  now  full  of  seated  guests  waiting  to  be  fed.    The  pressure  is  on  the  kitchen.    Famoso’s  goal  is  to  get  food  out  to  guests  in  under  10  minutes,  15  minutes  max  at  lunch,  20minutes  max  at  dinner.    If  these  times  seem  unachievable  for  the  pizzaiolos,  the  manager  needs  to  get  more  help  from  the  prep  hall  or  may  need  to  help  on  line.    If  joining  the  line,  dough  position  is  preferred  as  this  is  where  speed  is  normally  needed,  but  use  your  discretion,  whatever  position  is  overloaded  will  need  your  help.  o Bill  times  are  acceptable  for  level  of  business  (building,  maintaining,  loosing  business)  o Food  quality  is  100%...if  you  were  the  guest,  would  you  accept  the  products  going  out?  o Line  is  continually  being  stocked,  cleaned/swept    o Labor  control  -­‐  Are  we  over  staffed  for  the  level  of  business?    Will  there  be  a  second  rush  

(Wed.-­‐Sat.  night)  or  can  we  let  someone  go  at  9pm  –  10pm.                                                            

   

Page 38: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 38 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Table  Checks  

 When  guests  come  through  your  doors,  they  expect  quality  in  every  aspect  of  the  restaurant.  Guests  are  looking  for  value  in  the  things  they  see,  taste,  touch  and  as  well  with  all  the  staff  they  interact  with,  so  providing  them  with  exceptional  quality  will  ensure  they  leave  happy.  With  that  being  said  it  is  the  manager’s  responsibility  to  ensure  that  all  the  above  guest  touch  points  are  executed  to  a  high  standard  by  doing  table  checks.  

 When  the  kitchen  catches  up  to  an  acceptable  pace,  the  restaurant  is  now  full  of  guests  eating  and  hopefully  enjoying  their  authentic  pizza  experience.  Managers  are  expected  to  touch  every  table  to  engage  and  assess  their  experience.  It  is  also  the  manager’s  job  to  ensure  servers  are  executing  service  standards.  

 Speaking  with  Guests  

§ Be  optimistic  and  speak  with  a  smile  (don’t  approach  the  table  like  you  have  to,  approach  it  like  you  want  to)  

§ Never  interrupt  or  speak  over  guests’  conversations  if  you  can  help  it  § Know  the  menu  so  that  you  can  speak  intelligently  about  it  as  well  as  our  products  § Listen  with  respect  and  care  to  what  the  guest  has  to  say  § Be  honest  and  straightforward  with  guests  at  all  times,  especially  if  there  is  a  problem.  § Never  write  off  any  guest’s  feedback  as  being  too  small  of  an  issue  to  address  and/or  

bring  to  a  manager’s  attention  § Always  thank  the  guest  when  they  give  you  great  feedback.  Show  your  appreciation  for  

their  acknowledgement    

Quality  checks  are  our  opportunity  to  ensure  that  every  single  guest  is  in  fact  happy  with  their  experience  and  are  excited  to  come  back.  We  have  3  different  types  of  quality  checks:    

1) Asking  the  guest  directly  how  they  are  enjoying  their  food  &  beverages  2) Taking  notice  to  see  if  they  are  enjoying  their  food  &  beverages  3) And  finally  our  last  check  is  after  they  have  completed  their  dining  experience  

at  the  front  door  we  ask,  “how  their  food  and  service  was  today  or  tonight?”    

We  must  always  be  detailed  in  our  quality  checks  because  it  demonstrates  our  confidence  in  searching  for  feedback.  After  all,  the  more  detailed  the  quality  check,  the  bigger  commitment  we  have  to  our  guests!  Quality  checks  with  purpose  and  be  prepared  to  take  on  responding  to  the  guest’s  feedback  with  confidence.  Now  and  again  there  are  bound  to  be  problems.  A  guest  may  be  dissatisfied  with  their  meal  or  may  find  the  quality  to  be  below  their  standards.  Sometimes  guests  will  find  the  need  to  vent  anger  or  annoyance  before  the  problem  can  be  resolved.  Retaining  upset  guests  can  be  a  challenge.  When  you  put  in  the  effort  and  respect  to  recover  distressed  guests,  you  will  be  able  to  turn  their  experience  around  exciting  them  to  return  to  your  restaurant  in  the  future.  

   

Page 39: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 39 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Manager  Objective  Checklist  (Opening,  Shift  Change  &  Closing)    Purpose  

Restaurant  checklists  are  one  of  the  most  important  tools  when  it  comes  to  running  successful  shifts.  Because  there  are  so  many  details  involved  in  running  the  daily  business,  completing  a  checklist  is  one  of  the  most  helpful  and  convenient  tools  that  your  managers  will  have  to  run  successful  shifts.  Whether  you  are  a  new  or  mature  well-­‐established  location,  manager  checklists  are  an  essential  part  of  the  business  to  ensure  you  operate  smooth  and  effective  shifts.  Manager  checklists  are  great  organizational  tools  and  being  organized  is  one  of  the  most  important  traits  for  running  a  profitable  business.  There  are  so  many  big  &  small  details  that  impact  setting  up  your  business  up  for  success  and  creating  the  best  atmosphere  and  environment  for  your  guests.  

   Manager  Checklists  

§ All  manager  checklists  must  be  current.  Everything  on  the  checklists  should  be  applicable.  

§ All  manager  checklists  must  be  completed  100%  every  shift/day  § The  most  up  to  date  version  of  the  food  quality  checklist  must  be  used  

 Filled  Out  By     The  manager(s)  running  the  shift    Filling  Out  Form  

On  a  daily  basis  the  opening  manager  does  a  visual  and  physical  check  on  the  state  of  the  restaurant  while  checking  off  every  point  they  have  physically  reviewed.  If  all  the  areas  on  the  checklist  are  completed  properly  then  the  closing  team  has  done  their  job.  This  same  check  is  executed  at  shift  change  and  then  once  more  when  closing  the  restaurant.  Every  manager  &  leader  is  responsible  for  turning  over  the  restaurant  to  the  next  shift  in  a  clean  and  organized  state.  Duties  should  never  go  incomplete.  Always  record  and  communicate  any  missed  duties  so  that  action  plans  can  be  put  in  place  to  ensure  they  are  not  missed  again.  Remember,  there  is  a  difference  between  cleaning  and  wiping.  It  is  imperative  that  a  manager  always  ensures  that  all  duties  are  completed  and  are  reflected  in  the  best  version  of  the  task.  

 Checklist  Guidelines  

§ Use  of  &  100%  completion  of  all  manager  checklists  are  mandatory.  The  checklists  will  breed  consistency  in  both  operations  and  restaurant  culture,  which  impact  the  efficiency  of  your  store’s  execution.    

§ It  is  important  to  edit  your  template  to  best  suit  your  restaurant  needs.  All  items  on  your  manager  checklists  must  be  applicable  

   

Page 40: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 40 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

   

Daily  Manager  Checklist       M   T   W   T   F   S   S  

Day  Manager                              Open                              

***Evaluate  Last  Night's  Close  Throughout  Entire  Morning***                              Oven  Turned  On                              

Phone  messages  checked                              Communication  Book  read                              Reservations  book  checked                              

Cooler  &  Freezer  Temps  Checked  &  Recorded                              Dough  Counts  Recorded                              

Dough  Assessed,  Pulled  if  Needed                              Dough  Usages  Calculated  &  Recorded,  Pars  Set                              Pizzaiolo  &  Server  Positions  &  Focuses  Assigned                              

Dough  Made                              Dough  Mixer  Cleaned                              

Food  Quality  Checklist  Completed                              9:00                              

Cash  Completed                              10:00                              

Server  floor  plan  set-­‐up                              Prep  Lists  Evaluated                              

"Actual  #  Dough  Made"  Counted  &  Recorded                              10:30                              

Dough  Needed  for  Lunch  Pulled                              Walk  though  completed                              

Server  opening  checklist  completed                              Oven  Temp  Checked  (within  15  degrees  of  ideal)                              

10:45                              Preshift  Meeting                              

Turn  on  music  (including  patio)                              Day  shift  labor  entered  on  POS                              

Mid-­‐Shift                              

Page 41: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 41 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Server  Daily,  Weekly,  Monthly  Checklist  completed                              Pizzaiolo  Daily,  Weekly,  Monthly  Checklists  completed                              

Prep  Chart  filled  out                              Day  Walkthrough  Completed  (incl.  walk-­‐in  cooler)                              

Dough  assessed-­‐  pulled  for  night  shift                              Communication  Book  filled  out                              

Communicate  with  Night  Manager                              Changeover  Tills  with  Night  Manager                              Record  Day  shift  labor/productivity                              

Day  Bill  Times  Recorded                              Till  Changeover  -­‐  Day  Manager/Night  Manager                              

Print  2  sets  of  Debit/Credit  Reports                              Ensure  all  day  Promos  are  closed  out                              

Login  Night  Server                              Transfer  all  Open  Bills  to  Night  Server                              

Change  POS  to  Night  (including  handhelds)                              Change  out  Day  till  for  Night  Till                              

Print  Day  Cash  out                              Day  Manager  Sign  Off                              

Night  Manager                              Changeover                              

Communicate  with  Day  Manager                              Read  Communication  Log                              

Give  Night  Server  Till  and  set  up  floor  plan                              Check  Reservations  Book                              

Ensure  Lighting  &  Music  levels  are  appropriate                              Ensure  all  day  duties  are  completed  (FOH/BOH)                              

Assess  doughs  to  ensure  'Primetimes'  are  available                              Print  'Wait  Sheets'                              

Night  shift  labor  entered  on  POS                              Close                                

Turn  off  open  sign                              Close  out  all  Promo  Bills  (QSA,  Staff  Meals  etc.)                              

Adjust  and  record  Labor  &  Productivity                              

Page 42: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 42 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Print  'End  of  Day'  POS                              Night  Bill  Times  Recorded                              

DRS  Entered                              End  of  Day'  done  on  Eigen  (After  Night  Till  Balances)                              Night  Server  Clocked  out  (After  Night  Till  Balances)                              

Cash  Put  into  Manager  Cupboard/Office                              Balance  Movie  Tickets  (Mon-­‐Thurs)                              

Complete  Dough  Counts                              Walk-­‐through  -­‐  BOH                              Walk-­‐through  -­‐  FOH                              

Turn  off  'Sign  Lights'  and  patio  lights                              Turn  off  TV,  music,  amp  and  patio  volume                              Check  all  doors  to  ensure  they're  locked                              

Turn  off  all  lights                              Set  alarm                              

Lock  front  door                              Night  Manager  Sign  Off                              

 

Page 43: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 43 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

BOH  Areas  &  Pizzaiolo  Closing  Cleaning  Responsibilities  

Pizza  and  salad  line  are  being  shut  down  according  to  checklists.  § All  line  coolers  are  clean  &  organized  § Seals  are  cleaned  every  night  § Cutting  boards  are  clean  § Floors  are  cleaned  (underneath  the  coolers)  § Pizza  oven  exterior  &  oven  deck  is  clean  § Walls  are  clean  (no  stuck  on  food  or  dirt)  

Coolers  and  Freezers  § Food  is  stored  and  rotated  properly.  § Doors  and  seals  are  clean  § Floors  are  clean  (underneath  and  around  the  freezers)  § Shelving  is  clean  (no  stuck  on  food  or  dirt)  § Ensure  the  temperature  is  to  proper  food  safe  temperatures  § Interior  walls  are  clean  (no  stuck  on  food  or  dirt)  § No  burnt  out  lights  in  the  walk  in  cooler  (no  stuck  on  food  or  dirt  on  the  lights)  § Ceiling  is  clean  (no  stuck  on  food  or  dirt)  

Dish  Area  § All  dishes  are  brought  to  dish  area,  and  clean  dishes  are  put  back  out  front  in  their  

designated  spots  § BOH  dishwasher  is  clean  and  in  good  repair  (no  rust  or  water  stains  on  top  or  sides)  § Sinks  are  cleaned  thoroughly  at  the  end  of  each  night  § Walls  are  clean  (no  stuck  on  food  or  dirt)  § No  burnt  out  lights  in  the  dish  area  

Prep  hall  is  cleaned  and  organized  § Stainless  steel  is  wiped  down  &  cleaned  § All  sinks  are  clean  § Back  prep  hall  floor  is  thoroughly  swept  (under  coolers,  under  shelves  § Ceiling  is  clean  &  in  good  repair  § All  kitchen  materials  are  clean,  in  good  repair  and  stored  in  their  designated  spot  (manuals,  

robo  coupe,  scales,  slicer,  cheese  punch,  etc.)  § Counter  tops  are  clean  § Garbage  cans  are  clean  (no  stuck  on  grime)  § Dough  mixer  is  clean  (behind  &  underneath)  § Flour  bin  is  clean  and  store  properly  (not  on  the  floor)  § No  lights  are  burnt  out  in  the  prep  hall  (changed  at  the  end  of  the  shift  when  needed)  § Walls  are  clean  (no  stuck  on  food  or  dirt)  

 All  kitchen  rags  are  placed  in  the  correct  bin/bag  for  laundry  pick  up    All  garbage  and  boxes  are  brought  to  dumpsters  

§ Boxes  must  be  broken  down  and  placed  in  the  paper  recycle  bin  § No  garbage  should  be  left  outside  the  garbage  bins  

 

Page 44: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 44 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Server  &  Dining  Room  Closing  &  Cleaning  Responsibilities    Closing  checklist  is  being  completed  100%  to  standard  

§ All  areas  in  the  dining  room  are  cleaned  § Blinds  are  clean  and  rolled  down  § Ceiling  is  clean  (no  stuck  on  food,  dirt  or  dust  around  the  vents)  § Dining  room  floors  are  clean  § Front  door  is  clean  (no  dirt  or  fingerprints)  Handles  are  cleaned  as  well  § Pictures  are  clean  and  straightened  § Wine  bottles  are  dusted  § Waiting  area  is  clean  § Highchairs  and  booster  seats  are  clean  § Booth  seats,  chairs  and  tables  are  clean  (no  gum  under  the  tables)  § POS  equipment  is  cleaned  every  night  § Side  station  is  cleaned,  organized  and  stocked  § Salt  &  pepper  shakers  are  clean  and  in  good  repair  § Parmesan  &  Chili  shakers  are  clean  and  in  good  repair  

o All  dirty  dishes  in  dining  room  are  cleared  and  brought  to  the  dish  area.  § Plate  drip  area  is  cleaned  and  organized  

o Tables  wiped  clean  and  straight.  § Table  tops  are  clean  

o Table  bases  are  clean  § All  glassware  re-­‐stocked  

o Sufficient  stock  § All  products  re-­‐stocked  § All  bar  prepped  items  are  fresh  (any  that  are  not,  should  be  tossed  at  the  end  of  the  night)  § Bar  coolers  are  stocked  and  cleaned  § Menus  are  stocked  and  in  great  condition  § Bathrooms  are  clean  and  stocked  

o Counters  &  sinks  are  clean  o Bathroom  is  stocked  o No  burnt  out  lights  (changed  at  night  if  needed)  o Odor  free  o Toilets  are  clean  o Garbage  cans  are  clean  and  emptied  o Floors  are  clean  (no  water  marks  under  the  hand  dryer)  o Hand  dryers  are  clean  o Change  tables  are  clean  (men’s  room  &  ladies  room)  o Walls  are  clean  o Soap  dispensers  are  cleaned  and  stocked  

     

   

Page 45: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 45 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Closing    

It  is  important  to  close  the  restaurant  down  properly  as  it  sets  up  the  opening  for  the  next  crew.  The  restaurant’s  efficient  operation  is  dependent  on  its  preparedness.  It  is  the  closing  manager’s  responsibility  and  duty  to  make  sure  all  is  complete  to  set  the  next  shift  up  for  success.  Should  staff  not  finish  the  checklist(s),  the  closing  manager  must  take  on  the  responsibility  and  complete  all  the  work.  The  closing  manager  cannot  leave  until  all  duties  and  responsibilities  on  the  checklist  are  completed  to  standard.  

 § ‘Open  sign’  shut  off  at  posted  closing  time-­‐  never  shut  down  or  refuse  a  guest  before  the  

posted  closing  time.  Although  tempting  on  slower  nights,  it  is  very  important  to  show  guests  that  your  establishment  is  reliable  within  their  hours  of  operation.  

§ Lock  doors  once  the  last  guest  has  left  the  building  and  NEVER  before    

Complete  the  Manager  Cash-­‐out  and  Closing  duties  § Follow  the  end  of  day  cash  out  steps  § Follow  closing  restaurant  steps  § Complete  closing  manager  FOH  &  BOH  walkthrough  

     

Page 46: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 46 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Famoso  Reservations  Policy  

At  Famoso  large  groups  are  a  great  way  to  have  a  positive  impact  on  guests’  special  social  events  while  maximizing  your  use  of  seats.    

 Each  restaurant  is  responsible  for  establishing  their  own  reservations  policy.    ‘No  Reservations’  is  not  a  reservations  policy!    Once  the  policy  is  established,  it  is  to  be  on  paper  and  posted  in  an  area  for  all  staff  to  see.    All  policies  will  be  reviewed  by  your  Regional  Manager  and  posted  on-­‐line  for  guests  to  see.  

 Minimum  Requirements  For  All  Reservation  Policies  

• Offer  limited  bookings  for  groups  of  6  or  larger    • Designate  one  area  in  your  restaurant  for  bookings:  if  your  Famoso  has  a  communal  table,  it  

is  recommended  to  use  that  table.  o Note:  Your  designated  table  is  not  to  have  ANY  blackout  periods.      

Work  with  guests  to  maximize  your  seating’s  each  shift  –  ideal  booking  times  are  roughly  5:00,  7:00  and  9:00.    

• Call  to  confirm  all  reservations  on  day  of  booking.    Group  sizes  often  change  on  short  notice  –  having  this  information  ahead  of  time  will  often  change  your  preparations  for  the  group  (i.e.,  the  amount  of  space  you  set  aside  for  the  party).  

• Call/Email  follow  up  the  next  day.    A  call  or  email  to  a  guest  to  inquire  about  their  experience  is  a  great  touch  and  a  way  to  thank  the  guest  for  choosing  to  book  with  Famoso.  

• Managers  are  to  be  solely  responsible  for  taking  reservations.  • In  your  reservation  book,  be  clear  in  communicating  any  arrangements  that  have  been  made  

with  a  group  (i.e.,  communicate  if  a  group  needs  to  be  gone  by  a  certain  time  (to  accommodate  an  existing  reservation  at  a  later  time);  free  dessert  offered  for  a  special  occasion  –  birthday,  retirement;  not  able  to  accommodate  whole  group  at  same  table,  etc.).  

• Late  groups:  tables  will  be  held  for  15  minutes  past  the  requested  time.    At  that  point,  the  manager  calls  the  guest  –  if  no  answer,  the  table  is  given  away;  this  should  be  explained  to  all  guests  upon  taking  the  reservation.  

• Large  Groups/Private  Functions:  Famoso  does  not  close  its  restaurants  for  private  functions.    It  is  acceptable  to  book  larger  functions  during  non-­‐peak  revenue  periods  –  the  groups  are  not  permitted  to  occupy  more  than  65%  of  your  restaurant’s  seats.  

 Etiquette  

In  the  restaurant  industry,  there  are  two  types  of  people  who  take  reservations  –  the  Agent  and  the  Gatekeeper.    Gatekeepers  put  up  a  guard,  emphasize  how  difficult  it  is  to  accommodate  larger  groups  and  act  as  though  they’re  doing  guests  a  favor  by  booking  them  into  their  restaurant.    Agents  work  for  their  guests!  As  an  agent,  you  always  do  your  best  to  accommodate  a  guest’s  request  and  offer  excellent  solutions  when  challenges  arise  in  accommodating  their  requests  (e.g.,  recommend  a  different  day/time  or  offer  to  split  larger  groups  to  accommodate  their  size).    It’s  no  surprise  that  at  Famoso,  we  want  our  team  to  be  Agents  not  Gatekeepers!    

   

Page 47: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 47 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Here  Is  An  Example  Of  An  Agent  And  Gatekeeper  Dealing  With  A  Reservation  Request  

• Gatekeeper  o  “No,  we’re  fully  booked  Friday  night.    Because  we’re  such  a  busy  restaurant,  next  

time  I  recommend  calling  further  in  advance.”  • Agent  

o “Unfortunately  we’re  full  this  Friday  at  7:00.    We  do  have  an  opening  at  5:00  if  your  group  is  able  to  make  it  in  early.    If  you’re  flexible  on  days,  Saturday  is  currently  wide  open  –  we’d  love  to  have  in.”    

Ø Notice  the  agent  didn’t  use  the  word  ‘NO’!                        

             

Page 48: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 48 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

           

Chapter  3  Meetings  

Page 49: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 49 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Weekly  Management  Meeting   Purpose  

A  weekly  management  meeting  is  extremely  important  to  the  operation  of  the  restaurant,  as  it  is  the  most  valuable  time  for  your  store  in  the  whole  week.  It  is  a  time  you  must  dedicate  to  discuss  issues  surrounding  how  your  restaurant  can  increase  sales  and  profit.  An  organized  meeting,  through  the  use  of  an  agenda  covers  all  the  week’s  shifts,  which  enable  you  to  assess  budget  achievement  through  the  analysis  of  sales  as  well  as  food,  beverage  and  labour  cost  controls.  Weekly  team  meetings  are  vital  to  share  information,  make  decisions  and  align  your  team  to  impact  certain  initiatives.  

 The  weekly  meeting  is  a  communication  device  used  to  discuss  strategies  or  action  plans,  targets  or  goals,  promotions,  special  events,  and  so  on.  

 Pick  a  weekly  time  for  the  meeting  and  a  length  (1  hour  or  2  hours)  so  that  your  team  knows  and  is  expected  to  attend  every  week.  The  goal  of  any  meeting  is  to  get  the  most  out  of  the  meeting  in  the  least  amount  of  time.  By  being  productive,  informative  and  motivating  the  team  around  action  plans  you  will  impact  the  business  consistently  around  strategies  you  discuss  to  impact  weekly  opportunities.  Poorly  managed  meetings  waste  time  and  can  have  a  negative  effect  on  the  store’s  morale  and  teamwork,  but  following  some  simple  procedures,  being  well  organized,  being  consistent  and  being  assertive  can  help  you  manage  productive  meetings.  

 The  Famoso  Weekly  meeting  template  is  a  tool  that  allows  your  location  to  point  out  the  positive  and  negative  happenings  in  a  manageable  time  frame.  Keep  the  focus  of  your  meetings  positive  as  much  as  you  can  to  drive  your  initiatives.  

 Establish  weekly  goals  –  Define  how  to  tackle  new  initiatives  and/or  improvement  to  a  process  ‘Just  do  its’  –  Determine  initiatives  that  need  to  get  done  and  set  a  clear  time  line  

It  is  important  to  commit  to  weekly  meetings;  otherwise,  managers  can  lose  sight  of  their  objectives  and  stop  communicating  properly.    It  is  important  that  all  managers  &  leaders  are  on  the  same  page  and  working  towards  the  same  goals  every  week.  If  a  manager  is  not  able  to  attend,  all  initiatives  and  goals  discussed  in  the  meeting  must  be  shared  with  them  to  put  everyone  in  your  store  on  the  same  page.  

 Weekly  Meeting  Template  Is  Filled  Out  by  

§ Management  team  § Every  manager  is  given  a  section  to  complete  on  the  agenda.  

 Filling  Out  Form  

Meeting  Agenda  Form  –  It  is  important  to  have  the  manager  meeting  agenda  forms  in  the  manager  binder  so  that  during  the  week,  managers  can  write  down  topics  as  they  come  up  

Page 50: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 50 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

during  a  shift  so  things  don’t  get  forgotten.    A  lot  can  happen  in  a  day,  and  important  issues  may  be  forgotten  if  you  don’t  write  them  down  on  the  spot.  

 The  design  of  the  form  allows  every  management  team  to  break  down  the  meeting’s  topics  to  each  manager’s  responsibilities.  This  can  then  be  used  to  have  them  present  information  and  ideas  in  relation  to  their  portfolio  of  responsibilities.  

 Meeting  Guidelines  

§ Management  teams  must  formally  meet  once  a  week.  § Meetings  should  take  1-­‐2hours.      § Some  topics  will  require  longer  discussions  than  others.    Don’t  spend  20  minutes  on  each  

topic.  If  some  topics  need  more  in  depth  planning  than  the  meeting  allows,  the  GM  and  manager  who  is  responsible  for  the  topic  should  arrange  time  to  meet  outside  the  weekly  meeting  to  discuss  and  plan.      

§ GM  should  act  as  the  meeting  facilitator            

Page 51: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 51 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 

 Weekly  Management  Meeting  Template    

                                           Date:___________________Period:___________Week:____________    

                                             Attendees:  _____________________________________________________________  

   

      Gross  Sales   Net  Sales       Profit  $   Profit  %    

 

 Last  Week's  Forecast  

  $        

         

 

 Last  Week's  Actual     $         $        

 

 Last  Year     $         $        

                Topics       Success/Opportunities       Action  Plan  (w/deadlines)  

Culinary  Manager  &  ACM:  Be  sure  to  recap  any  outstanding  issues/objectives  from  previous  week       Product  Costs  

         

                 

    Food  Costs    

         

                    Last  Week:  _______  %  

         

                 

    Problem  areas  (produce,  meat,  etc.)    

         

                    Ordering,  rotation,  pars,  QSA/Waste  

         

                 

    Portioning  (use  of  scoops/weights)    

         

                    Bar  Costs  

         

                 

    Last  Week:  _______  %    

         

                    Security  issues,  accurate  pours  

         

                 

    Total  Product  Cost:  __________%    

         

                    Pizzaiolo  Staff  

         

                 

    Development  -­‐  knowledge/skills    

         

                    Pre-­‐Shifts  &  Coaching  

         

                 

    Staff  Attitude    

         

                    Hiring  Needs  (use  staffing  analysis)  

         

                 

    One-­‐on-­‐Ones/Reviews    

         

                    Bill  Times  (relates  to  development)  

         

                 

    Food  Quality      

         

                    Oven  Temperature  

         

                 

    Optimal  Top  Temp:_________    

         

                    Optimal  Bottom  Temp:_________  

         

                 

    Dough  Quality    

         

                    Water  Levels:__________  

         

                 

    Proofing  Time    

         

                    1st  Stage  -­‐  On  table:______  

         

                 

    2nd  Stage  -­‐  Balling  to  cooler:______    

         

                    AM  &  Mid-­‐Day  Dough  pulls  

         

                 

    General  Pizza/Dough  Quality    

         

                    Prep/Plating  Issues  

         

                 

    BOH  Cleanliness      

         

               *   Daily/Weekly/Monthly  Checklists  

         

                 

Page 52: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 52 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

    Coil  Cleaning                                  Assistant  Manager:  Be  sure  to  recap  any  outstanding  issues/objectives  from  previous  week  

    Service  execution    

         

                    16  steps,  hospitality  

         

                 

    Staff  Attitude    

         

                    Service  Staff    

         

                 

    Development  -­‐  knowledge/skills    

         

                    Pre-­‐Shifts  &  Coaching  

         

                 

    One-­‐on-­‐Ones/Reviews    

         

                    Hiring  Needs  (use  staffing  analysis)  

         

                 

    Bar  Sales:___________%    

         

                    Discuss  Liquor,  Wine  &  Beer  

         

                 

    FOH  Cleanliness      

         

                    Daily/Weekly/Monthly  Checklists  

         

                 

    Neighborhood  Marketing    

         

                    Discuss  target  areas/businesses  

         

                 

    Upcoming  VIPs,  Bus.  Card  Draws                

   

General  Manager:  Be  sure  to  recap  any  outstanding  issues/objectives  from  previous  week       Labor  &  Productivity       Labor       Productivity               Pizzaiolo  

 $   %  

 $/hr  

     

    Server    

$   %    

$/hr    

        Total  

 $   %  

 $/hr  

     

    Shift  coverage,  start  times,  cutting,    

         

                    break  management,  staff  efficiency  

         

                 

    High  Profile  Management    

         

                    Atmosphere  (Lights/Music/Washrooms)  

         

                 

    Routines/Manager  Checklist                

                    Store  Promo  

         

                 

    Spending  &  Guest  Impact    

         

                    QSA  (relates  to  FOH&BOH  development)  

         

                 

    Events,  bookings,  weather    

         

                    Operating  Costs  

         

                 

    Breakage,  maintenance/repair  costs              

       

Miscellaneous  Topics          

     

                 

         

     

               Staff  Shift  Focus(s)  for  the  week  

    FOH              

   

BOH      

   

 

Page 53: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 53 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Pre-­‐Shift  Meetings  

A  quick  (2-­‐3min)  pre-­‐shift  meeting  with  both  pizzaiolos  and  servers  is  a  very  useful  way  to  start  your  shift  off  with.    Setting  the  tone  for  the  shift,  outlining  a  game  plan  for  the  shift,  with  line  positions  in  the  kitchen  and  server  sections  on  the  floor  will  ensure  a  smooth  start  to  your  shift.    This  is  a  great  time  to  remind  staff  of  a  few  focus  points  for  the  shift,  any  new/continuous  features  and  any  extra  side  duties  that  should  be  made  a  goal  for  that  shift.    Your  staff  will  appreciate  knowing  what  to  expect  on  the  shift.  The  steady  and  busy  pace  of  the  restaurant  means  that  you  rarely  have  the  opportunity  to  communicate  important  initiatives,  opportunities,  promotions,  goals,  etc.  with  your  employees.  Your  daily  pre  shifts  allow  you  the  opportunity  to  lay  your  expectations  for  the  shift  and  align  weekly  focuses  that  you  laid  out  in  your  weekly  management  team  meetings.  

 Motivate  Your  Staff  

Pre  shifts  are  not  meant  to  be  negative.  Even  is  you  have  a  valid  reason  for  disciplining  your  staff,  your  shift  will  be  far  better  if  you  get  them  excited  and  motivated  to  have  a  positive,  productive  and  energetic  shift.  It  is  important  that  all  managers  have  pre  shifts  every  single  shift  and  use  them  as  a  tool  to  pump  up  all  the  staff  to  influence  a  great  shift.  Do  your  best  to  keep  the  pre  shift  positive  and  fun  to  keep  them  engaged  while  you  are  informing  them  of  the  plan  for  the  shift.  Managers  must  be  aware  of  allowing  these  meetings  to  become  something,  which  is  dreaded  rather  than  a  normal  part  of  daily  life  in  a  restaurant.  

 Inform  Your  Staff  

You  should  use  your  pre  shifts  to  communicate  important  information.  § Changes  in  company  policies  or  procedures  § Discuss  opportunities  of  Policies  &  Procedures  that  are  not  being  followed  § Promotions  which  need  to  be  communicated  to  the  guests  § Immediate  information  regarding  the  current  shift  (Staffing  levels,  expected  business  

volume/sales  for  the  shift,  etc.)    Value  

Pre  shifts  can  easily  turn  into  a  total  waste  of  time  if  you  don’t  ensure  they  have  value.  Providing  vital  information  the  staff  need  to  conduct  the  shift  and  that  you  need  to  communicate  to  impact  your  locations  operations  is  important.  Keep  your  staff  thinking  during  the  pre  shift  by  asking  questions  and  allowing  them  to  learn  from  each  other.  Check  in  throughout  the  shift  to  ensure  every  one  is  paying  attention.  Pre  shifts  are  a  tool  that  is  used  properly,  will  greatly  improve  morale,  quality  execution  and  staff  knowledge.  They  will  in  turn  influence  better  guest  experiences,  a  cleaner  and  more  efficient  restaurant,  decrease  waste  and  increased  profit.  

       

Page 54: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 54 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Staff  Meetings    

Meetings  are  an  essential  part  of  the  life  of  every  business  and  your  ability  to  run  effective  staff  meetings  with  your  managers  is  a  critical  part  of  your  restaurant’s  success.  Running  an  effective  staff  meeting  leads  to  positive  results,  increased  productivity  and  profit.  Effective  meetings  that  produce  results,  begin  with  proper  meeting  planning.    

 Begin  With  A  Purpose  

When  planning  your  staff  meeting,  don’t  overlook  the  primary  purpose  for  getting  your  staff  together;  to  inspire  the  group  to  achieve  mission-­‐based  results  faster  while  maximizing  the  potential  of  initiatives  you  discuss.  When  everyone  sits  down  you  say,  ‘We  are  holding  this  staff  meeting  today  to  discuss  and  accomplish  the  following  objectives  &  goals.’  The  opening  five  to  ten  minutes  in  any  meeting  is  the  most  important  component  to  conducting  the  most  effective  meetings.  It  sets  the  foundation,  establishes  the  parameters  and  tells  everyone  in  attendance  why  they  are  there,  for  how  long  and  what  the  management  team  is  trying  to  accomplish  with  this  meeting.  

 Training  

A  key  objective  of  effective  staff  meetings  is  training.  A  properly  conducted  staff  meeting  is  a  forum  for  continuous  improvement.  Always  look  for  ways  to  impact  and  improve  the  performance  of  your  team  by  discussing  current  operational  and  execution  opportunities.  

 Open  The  Books  

Always  provide  your  staff  a  good  fundamental  understanding  of  how  the  business  is  doing.  Don’t  just  provide  basic  statements  like  ‘Business  is  great’  or  ‘Profit  is  good’  or  ‘Sales  are  down’.  Go  into  detail;  informing  and  including  your  staff  on  how  your  location  is  performing  is  a  great  way  to  enroll  and  engage  them  in  really  helping  impact  all  the  important  initiatives  you  are  discussing  in  the  meeting  as  they  will  support  the  performance  of  the  store.  

   Effective  Staff  Meeting  Best  Practices  

Setting  aside  time  to  prepare  for  your  staff  meetings  is  the  recommended  approach  for  ensuring  the  most  productive  outcomes.  The  following  meeting  Best  Practice  Checklist  will  ensure  your  management  team  is  set  up  to  run  an  effective  and  successful  staff  meeting:  

 n Organize  Meeting  Logistics  

o Establish  the  purpose  of  your  meeting  o Establish  your  agenda  points  

§ To  ensure  you  cover  only  what  needs  to  be  covered  and  you  stick  to  relevant  activities,  you  need  to  create  and  agenda.  The  agenda  is  what  you  will  refer  to  in  order  to  keep  the  meeting  on  pace  and  staying  on  track.  

o Facilitate  who  will  be  presenting  what  (delegate  areas  of  the  meeting  for  certain  managers  to  present)  

   

Page 55: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 55 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

n Use  Your  Time  Wisely  o What  are  your  priorities  –  what  must  absolutely  be  discussed?  o Results  –  what  do  you  need  to  accomplish  at  the  meeting?  o Sequence  –  in  what  order  will  you  discuss  the  topics?  o Timing  –  how  much  time  do  you  need  to  spend  on  each  topic?  

n Distribute  The  Staff  Meeting  Agenda  To  Your  Management  Team  o It  is  important  that  your  managers  are  familiar  and  confident  with  the  points  on  

the  agenda  to  ensure  a  fluent  meeting  n Give  Adequate  Notice  To  All  Those  Asked  To  Attend  

o Attendance:  Establish  who  gets  notified  if  a  staff  member  is  unable  to  attend  n Promptness  

o Start  &  end  on  time  n Establish  &  Review  Ground  Rules  

o It  is  important  to  let  your  staff  know  that  a  meeting  is  not  grounds  for  ‘venting’.  If  anyone  has  an  important  point  or  issue  they  would  like  to  discuss,  that  a  manager  will  be  available  to  chat  with  them  one  on  one  following  the  meeting  (or  can  schedule  a  time  to  sit  down)  

o That  if  the  group  gets  caught  on  a  tangent,  that  the  facilitator  of  the  meeting,  will  respectfully  stop  the  conversation  and  get  back  on  track  to  ensure  you  get  through  the  current  meeting  agenda  in  an  appropriate  amount  of  time.  

o That  certain  questions,  if  not  appropriate  to  discuss  as  a  group,  will  not  be  answered  and  will  be  followed  up  one  on  one  following  the  meeting  to  ensure  the  individuals  concerns  are  addressed/discussed.  

o No  dog  &  pony  shows.  Staff  meetings  are  not  a  time  for  show  and  tell,  goofing  around  or  socializing.  

n Assign  Administrative  Roles  o 1  Manager  should  take  attendance  o 1  Manager  should  take  meeting  notes  o Timekeeper  (ensure  someone  is  keeping  time,  &  facilitating  managing  time  on  

each  agenda  point)  n Summarize  All  New  Initiatives  &  Decisions  Made  To  Ensure  That  All  Staff  Are  Clear  In  

Their  Understanding  o To  reduce  confusion  and  misunderstandings,  summarize  and  document  agreed  

actions  that  were  discussed  and  established  in  the  meeting  minutes.  n Debrief  All  Items  Discussed  In  The  Meeting  &  Goals/Expectations  Set  n Distribute  Meeting  Minutes/Notes  Promptly  

o They  serve  as  a  reminder  for  your  staff  to  reference  and  review      

   

Page 56: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 56 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

     

   

Chapter  4  QSAs  &  Promos  

Page 57: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 57 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Complaints  

REMEMBER:  complaints  do  not  have  to  be  verbal;  most  people  do  not  say  what  they  mean.    If  someone’s  facial  expression  tells  you  they  are  unhappy,  go  to  that  guest  and  engage  them  to  make  sure  they  are  enjoying  everything.    A  satisfied  guest  will  tell  2  friends,  a  dissatisfied  guest  will  tell  a  minimum  of  10  friends.    .***Always  inform  management  of  a  dissatisfied  guest!***A  manager  will  make  contact  with  ALL  dissatisfied  guests!  

 React  To  And  Resole  Problems  Immediately:  

When  a  server  lets  you  know  there  is  a  guest  complaint  or  other  pressing  issues,  drop  what  you  are  doing  and  give  it  the  attention  it  deserves.  Working  to  resolve  guest  complaints  quickly,  will  establish  your  level  of  care  and  passion  for  guest  experiences.  The  more  keen  you  are  to  take  care  of  your  guest  complaints,  the  more  it  establishes  your  expectation  to  your  staff  on  your  standard  for  ensuring  that  it  is  important  that  every  guest  leaves  happy  and  that  you  care.  If  you  hesitate  and  do  not  resolve  the  complaint  quickly,  you  are  not  placing  emphasis  for  your  staff  that  your  guests  are  your  #1  priority  in  your  business.  By  maintain  a  high  energy  and  enthusiastic  approach  to  reacting  to  guest  complaints,  you  will  set  the  standard  for  your  staff  to  follow  suit.  

 Handling  Guest  Complaints  –  Executing  The  3  A’s  

Acknowledge  –  Give  the  guest  your  undivided  attention  and  acknowledge  his/her  frustration  Apologize  –  Apologize  for  the  inconvenience  Act  –  Act  to  resolve  the  problem  

 QSA  

QSA  stands  for  “Quality  Service  Assurance”.    § When  you  “QSA”  something,  it  means  that  you  are  giving  a  guest  a  free  product  because  we  

have  made  a  mistake  in  either  quality  or  service.    If  a  guest  complains,  Famoso’s  company  policy  is  to  make  them  happy  no  matter  what.  Respond  to  a  guest  complaint  by  offering  to  replace  the  product  they  are  complaining  about,  or  if  their  complaint  is  not  food  related,  then  offer  the  guest  dessert,  another  drink,  coffee,  a  gift  certificate  or  in  extreme  circumstances,  take  care  of  the  entire  bill  if  needed.  

§ These  items  get  rung  in  on  the  pos  under  a  “QSA”  tab,  and  a  written  explanation  must  be  provided  on  the  receipt  for  management.  The  QSA  receipts  must  be  kept  for  your  store’s  personal  records.  **REMEMBER:  Authentic  Neapolitan  pizza  is  so  different  that  some  people  complain  even  if  the  pizza  is  perfect.  The  manager  must  read  every  guest  situation  carefully.  If  the  pizza  is  fine,  you  must  explain  to  the  guest  what  the  characteristics  of  authentic  Neapolitan  pizza  are,  and  back  it  up  by  explaining  that  we  trained  with  an  organization  from  Naples,  Italy.    However,  you  should  still  offer  to  replace  their  pizza  or  cook  it  well  done.    Even  when  a  guest  says  ‘I’m  fine’  or  ‘it’s  ok,  don’t  worry’  always  try  your  best  to  entice  them  into  a  QSA  product  on  you.      

   

Page 58: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 58 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

QSA  Guidelines    

What  Does  QSA  Stand  For?    It  stands  for  "Quality  Service  Assurance"  A  QSA  is  a  discount  that  is  used  to  cover  service  and  quality  issues  AFTER  an  item  has  left  the  kitchen.  Any  item  that  is  discarded,  remade  or  deemed  unacceptable  before  it  leaves  the  kitchen  is  WASTE,  not  a  QSA.      

 ANY  &  EVERY  TIME  there  is  a  problem  at  a  table  a  Manager  or  Night  leader  MUST  go  speak  to  the  table.    It  doesn't  matter  how  small  the  problem  is!  A  QSA  can  be  to  offer  

§ A  discount  § Buy  appetizers  § Buy  desserts  § Buy  drinks  § Buy  a  meal  § Or  to  buy  an  entire  bill  **Often  it  will  be  appropriate  to  offer  a  GC  instead  of  or  in  combination  with  a  QSA.  When  a  talking  to  guest  that  has  experienced  problems  we  have  one  goal;  to  ensure  that  "Every  Guest  Leaves  Happy".    It  is  the  job  of  the  manager  to  gauge  each  situation  and  spend  as  little,  or  as  much  money  as  needed  to  be  sure  that  at  this  table  "Every  Guest  Leaves  Happy".  

   

Ø Automatic  QSA's  These  are  situations  where  our  Brand  Standard  is  to  automatically  perform  a  QSA  for  our  guests.    • Foreign  object  in  food  or  drink  -­‐  minimum  pay  for  the  guests  meal  and  offer  a  $10  GC  • Guest  has  to  leave  before  they  have  been  able  to  eat  their  food/drink,  or  has  to  take  their  

food  to  go  when  they  wanted  to  eat  in  the  restaurant.    Pay  for  entire  bill  and  offer  $25  GC.    § Guest  is  unhappy  with  food/drink  quality  (has  meal  remade)  -­‐  minimum  pay  for  the  guests  

meal  § Guest  is  unhappy  with  food/drink  quality  (doesn't  have  meal  remade)  -­‐  minimum  pay  for  the  

guests  meal  and  offer  a  $10  GC  § Guest  Preference  -­‐  item  is  made  correctly  but  the  guest  doesn't  care  for  it  -­‐  minimum  pay  for  

the  guests  meal    

Ø Long  Bill  times    § Losing  business  0-­‐5  -­‐  Manager  talks  to  table  -­‐  QSA  if  appropriate    

(QSA  dessert,  QSA  appetizer  QSA  drinks,  QSA  gift  certificates,  50%manager  discount  or  equivalent  in  menu  items  bought  on  bill)  

§ Losing  business  6-­‐10  -­‐  50%  QSA  discount  all  food  items  § Losing  business  10+  -­‐  Automatic  QSA  entire  bill  

 

Page 59: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 59 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Ø Long  Take  out  bills  § 1-­‐5  min  late:  Manager  talks  to  guest  –  QSA  dessert,  QSA  drinks,  QSA  gift  certificates  § 5  -­‐  10  min  late:  Manager  talks  to  guest  -­‐QSA  dessert,  QSA  drinks,  QSA  gift  certificates  § 10  -­‐  15  min  late:  Manager  talks  to  guest  -­‐  50%  QSA  discount  all  food  items  OR  equivalent  of  

50%  discount  in  GC’s  § 15+  late:  Manager  talks  to  guest  –  Automatic  QSA  entire  bill  or  equivalent  of  100%  discount  

in  GC's  **In  the  10-­‐15  min  and  15  min+  sections,  GC’s  should  only  be  used  if  the  guest  has  already  paid  and  cannot  wait  for  a  refund***  

 Note  **If  a  guest  has  already  paid  for  their  bill,  it  is  okay  to  offer  GC’s  equivalent  to  the  amount  of  the  QSA.  However,  whenever  possible  we  should  QSA.  Remember  it  is  easy  to  re  open  a  bill  and  refund  money.    Note  **with  large  tables  that  have  substantial  bills  sometimes  it  may  be  sufficient  to  offer  a  large  discount  of  50%  plus  GC's  as  opposed  to  QSA'ing  the  entire  bill.  

                                     

 

Page 60: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 60 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Promo  Spending    

Most  of  your  promos  are  a  controllable  budget.  Which  means  the  GMs,  can  control  the  spending  the  managers  do  within  each  location.  Manage  your  budgets  like  you  do  your  checkbooks.  Make  sure  you  know  where  and  whom  the  money  is  being  spent  on.  Promos  should  be  used  as  a  measure  to  acknowledge  guests  and  build  sales.  Look  at  the  money  spent  in  your  store  and  think  about  how  many  guests  were  impacted  by  this  promo  spending.  Do  your  managers  remember  any  of  the  guests  they  spent  promo  dollars  on?  More  importantly,  was  that  experience  they  had  memorable?  

 A  good  marketing  and  guest  relation  tool  is  to  offer  a  guest  something  FREE.    HOWEVER,  as  a  business  we  cannot  do  this  too  often,  or  incorrectly.    For  example,  a  guest  typically  comes  to  Famoso  for  a  meal  and  a  beverage.    Some  guests  enjoy  an  additional  beverage,  coffee,  or  dessert  IN  ADDITION  to  their  initial  meal  and  beverage.    It  is  important  to  promo  the  additional  things  such  as  “can  I  buy  you  guys  a  cappuccino  or  a  gelato  or  a  tiramisu  or  another  beer,  glass  of  wine”.    That  way,  they  have  already  spent  their  initial  amount  of  money  at  Famoso.    If  they  accept  the  gesture,  it  is  a  small  price  to  pay  for  guest  loyalty.    If  they  don’t  accept,  they  still  feel  very  appreciative  of  the  offer.    NEVER  buy  someone  their  initial  meal  as  a  PROMO’ING  tactic.    Only  if  a  QSA  situation  arises.    Promo  limits  will  be  established.    Promo  is  only  to  be  used  for  guest  relations,  not  personal  use.    

 Manager  Promos  

Our  manager  promos  are  designed  for  2  reasons:  § Manager  Meals  § Designed  to  reward  our  guests  for  repeat  business  and  to  build  repeat  business.  If  a  

manager  was  inspired  to  take  care  of  an  item  for  a  table  of  regulars,  this  is  the  budget  they  would  use.  

Where  must  work  hard  to  leave  a  lasting  impression  to  build  raving  fans  for  our  business,  lies  within  our  actions.  Spending  a  little  bit  is  an  investment  that  will  not  only  build  loyalty,  but  it  will  also  build  sales.  

§ Buy  an  appetizer  for  a  table  of  regulars…just  cause.  The  3  mozza  balls  you  just  bought  them  for  $10.50  might  be  the  reason  they  will  always  order  mozza  balls  on  future  visits.  

§ Buy  a  tiramisu  for  a  table  that  has  never  been  to  the  location  before…just  cause.  This  may  be  the  place  they  will  celebrate  future  special  occasions  because  this  tiramisu  is  their  favorite.  

The  sky  is  the  limit  when  it  comes  to  taking  care  of  our  guests.    Encourage  and  develop  your  managers  to  take  care  of  a  round  of  drinks,  an  appetizer  or  a  dessert  for  a  table.  Make  your  guests’  experience  memorable  and  make  them  feel  appreciated  and  cared  not  just  through  conversation,  which  is  important,  but  as  well  by  exceeding  their  expectations  when  an  opportunity  to  do  so  arises.  We  need  to  encourage  our  management  teams  to  sometimes  put  into  action  the  appreciation  we  feel  for  the  guests  that  frequent  our  locations.  This  promo  budget  is  designed  to  reward  our  guests  for  repeat  business  and  to  build  more  repeat  business.  If  a  manager  was  inspired  to  take  care  of  an  item  for  a  table  of  regular  guests,  this  is  the  budget  they  would  use.  

1. Make  sure  that  as  a  GM  you  set  a  weekly  budget  for  each  manager  and  listen  for  the  relationships  built  with  the  guests  through  the  process.  

Page 61: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 61 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

QSA  (Quality  Service  Assurance  Promo)  QSAs  can  be  a  valuable  learning  tool.  When  they  arise,  they  are  the  result  of  one  or  a  combination  of  execution  opportunities.  If  you  do  not  follow  up  on  them,  these  opportunities  will  continue  to  happen,  and  not  only  will  they  affect  your  guest  experience  but  they  affect  your  bottom  line.  Every  dollar  spent  on  QSA  is  a  dollar  that  you  didn't  take  from  a  guest  that  you  could  have  earned.  Although  as  managers,  we  are  not  the  ones  directly  causing  these  beverage,  food  and  service  issues,  the  less  we  try  to  impact  performance  around  them,  we  continue  to  influence  them  occurring  in  our  business.  

 Store  Coupons  

We  work  very  hard  to  execute  our  weekly  marketing  initiatives  to  have  guests  walk  through  our  doors.  Think  of  the  GC  that  you  gave  someone;  it  is  an  invitation  for  them  to  come  into  the  restaurant.  If  you  invite  a  guest  over  to  your  home,  you  make  sure  they  enjoy  their  time  there.  We  need  to  do  the  same.  While  it  is  almost  impossible  to  know  who  is  coming  in  with  a  GC  we  do  know  when  they  pay.  The  managers  must  speak  to  every  table  who  redeems  a  store  specific  GC.  We  need  to  ensure  the  guest  feels  cared  for,  appreciated  for  coming  and  most  importantly  they  enjoyed  their  experience.  This  is  also  a  great  opportunity  for  the  manager  to  invite  the  guest  back  in.  We  need  to  ensure  that  every  guest  that  uses  one  of  these  GCs  comes  back.  These  are  not  meant  for  short-­‐term  sales,  they  are  meant  to  build  long-­‐term  business.  So  based  on  our  stats,  15%-­‐20%  of  GCs  handed  out  come  back  and  if  you  can  make  sure  that  50%  of  those  guests  come  back  again,  you  are  building  your  business.  You  invest  the  money  in  the  GCs;  the  time  to  execute  the  initiative  all  it  takes  is  that  little  extra  to  show  them  we  appreciate  they  came  in.  

 Head  Office  Promos  &  Coupons  

As  a  head  office  team,  we  are  actively  working  on  building  relationships  through  the  sponsorship  of  events  or  personally  inviting  guests  into  the  restaurants  by  handing  out  GCs.  All  head  office  GCs  and  promotions  do  contain  a  specific  Charge  back  for  you  store.  Please  refer  to  the  above  ‘Head  office  &  Store  Promo  Guidelines’  when  inquiring  about  specific  chargebacks  for  your  budgets.  

 Groupon  

Groupon  is  a  promotion  we  use  to  drive  new  and  loyal  guests  through  our  doors  by  offering  an  exceptional  value  incentive  for  the  brand.    

     

Page 62: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 62 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

In-­‐Store  Promotions    Daily  Specials  

We  offer  a  different  Daily  Special  selection  Every  day  of  the  week  to  attract  our  guests  to  order  menu  items  they  would  not  have  otherwise  ordered  by  showcasing  certain  food  and  drink  items  at  an  exceptional  value.  Offering  great  value  through  our  specials  is  a  way  to  reach  out  further  into  the  community  to  boost  weekly  visits  from  people  who  live  in  the  area.  Specials  are  also  a  great  way  for  all  our  stores  to  increase  their  average  guest  checks  by  maximizing  sales  potential.  

 Pizza  &  A  Movie  

Available  7  days  a  week  • Add  a  Movie  ticket  to  any  pizza  for  $9  any  day.  

 Lunch  Deal  

Available  7  days  a  week,  until  5pm  • Guests  may  order  a  lunch  special  for  a  value  priced  at  lunch.    The  lunch  special  is  

limited  to  certain  menu  items,  but  offers  a  price  point  that  is  enticing  to  many  lunch  diners.    

 Kids  Gelato  

Available  7  days  a  week  • Kids  12  &  under  receive  a  free  scoop  of  gelato  with  any  kids’  meal  purchase  Note  that  if  Kids  share  a  full  sized  pizza  or  share  a  pizza  with  their  parents,  it  is  best  practice  to  honor  a  Free  Kids  Gelato  for  them.  

 Famoso  Feast  

Famoso  offers  group-­‐dining  packages  for  larger  groups.    The  packages  allow  guests  to  select  a  number  of  appetizers  and  pizzas  (quantities  vary  according  to  group  size)  for  a  set  price.    Because  of  the  large  number  of  dining  options  available  (packages  range  from  7-­‐9  guests  up  to  17-­‐20  guests).    Advantages  of  the  Famoso  Feast  group-­‐dining  menu:  offers  cost  control,  great  value  for  our  guests,  ease  of  ordering  –  guests  can  fill  in  the  Famoso  Feast  card  and  bring  it  to  counter  for  ordering.    This  is  an  also  a  very  useful  tool  for  Local  Community  Marketing  and  Christmas  party  bookings.  

 Birthday  Offering  

Birthdays  come  and  go,  but  what  remains  are  the  memories  from  them.  Offering  our  guests  a  complimentary  dessert  of  their  choice  on  their  special  day  will  not  only  make  them  feel  special,  but  it  shows  the  guest(s)  appreciation  for  joining  us  on  their  birthday.  Every  time  a  guest  mentions  it  is  their  birthday,  the  server  and  manager  should  offer  the  guest  a  complimentary  dessert  of  their  choice.  

Offer  the  guest  • (Non-­‐oven  desserts  are  preferred  to  get  the  dessert  out  fast)  -­‐A  scoop  of  gelato,  Feature  

Panna  Cotta,  Tiramisu,  Affogato  • (Oven  desserts  if  the  guest  would  prefer)  –  Dolce  &  Banana,  Nutella  Pizzetta  

Page 63: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 63 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Dough For Kids Purpose  

At  Famoso,  we  are  passionate  about  giving  every  guest  an  exceptional  experience  and  for  some  of  our  guests;  it’s  providing  them  a  quality  family  friendly  experience.  Giving  all  kids  12  &  under  an  uncooked  pizzetta  is  the  best  way  to  keep  them  occupied  and  engaged  at  the  table.  Uncooked  dough  is  guaranteed  to  keep  kids  busy  stretching  their  own  ‘practice’  dough  right  at  the  table.  Both  parents  and  children  will  be  surprised  with  this,  as  it  is  interactive,  fun  and  different.    This  initiative  is  not  only  easy  to  execute  by  the  staff,  but  if  implemented  correctly  and  consistently,  your  location  will  end  up  selling  more  to  the  parents  as  the  place  to  go  for  a  night  out  because  they  realize  the  value  in  keeping  the  kids  busy  at  the  table.  It  is  great  not  only  for  the  parents  but  all  other  guests  as  well  as  it  is  a  great  way  to  keep  kids  occupied  until  their  food  arrives.  

 Responsibility  

The  floor  server  serving  the  table  should  ask  the  parent(s)  or  adult(s)  of  any  kids  12  &  under,  at  the  table  if  they  would  like  them  to  bring  over  some  dough  for  kids  the  practice  stretching  at  the  table  during  their  section  introduction.  

 Preparation     The  server  should  then  order  the  #  of  doughs  needed  for  the  kids  at  the  table.  

The  pizzaiolo  would  then  cut  one  pizzetta  in  half;  lightly  flour  the  dough  and  place  on  a  round  side  plate  for  each  dough  ordered  for  the  table.  The  server  would  run  the  dough(s)  out  to  the  table  and  place  one  dough  in  front  of  each  child  at  the  table.  

                               

Page 64: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 64 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Head  Office  and  Store  Promo  Guidelines  

There are many types of discounts in the POS system. Items labelled with the “H.O” prefix are items that can be charged back to Head office at a rate of 35%. Chargebacks can be sent in with your royalty payments, but must be accompanied by receipts. Items labelled with the “Store” prefix, and miscellaneous items with no prefix CANNOT be charged back. These are items to be used for in store promotions, QSAs, Manager Meals, Staff Meals, and WOW Promos. WOW Promos – this is a discount to be used to “WOW’ guests. Taking care of guests is smart way to build loyalty. Always look for opportunities to WOW guests with a complimentary dessert, a round of Limoncello, or a complimentary appetizer.

             

Page 65: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 65 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

           

   

Chapter  5  Marketing  &  Store  Level  

Advertising  

Page 66: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 66 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Local  Community  Marketing  (LCM)  

Some  of  your  best  potential  regular  guests  are  the  neighboring  business,  offices,  doctor  offices  etc.    Especially  at  lunch  when  break  times  are  usually  limited  to  30mins-­‐1hr,  the  people  who  work  and  live  directly  around  you  can  turn  out  to  be  you’re  most  loyal.  It  is  good  practice  to  walk  around  to  neighboring  businesses  and  introduce  yourself  to  them  while  offering  them  some  incentive  to  visit  you  regularly.    Inviting  the  hair  salon  staff  from  across  the  street  in  for  a  few  pizzas  and  salads  on  you,  offering  the  bank  staff  down  the  road  free  coffee  drinks  on  their  lunch  break  once  a  month  are  examples  of  ways  introduce  and  impress.  Doing  whatever  it  takes  to  get  them  in  your  restaurant  and  then  impressing  them  with  your  service,  food,  speed  and  atmosphere  will  no  doubt  help  build  a  solid  group  of  regular  visitors  but  also  will  turn  those  guests  into  your  own  promotion  team  who  constantly  tell  other  people  about  their  Famoso  experience.          

 What  Is  The  Purpose  Of  Local  Community  Marketing?  

§ Building  personal  relationships  with  potential  guests  and  people  in  your  area  will  ALWAYS  have  more  of  an  impact  on  your  business  than  an  ad  in  the  paper,  a  bill  board  or  advertising.  It  is  an  opportunity  to  create  a  bond  &  help  people  put  a  face  to  the  business.  

§ Local  community  marketing  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  tools  in  executing  a  sales  plan  for  your  restaurant.  LCM  is  one  of  the  most  cost  effective  and  proven  tools  to  achieve  long-­‐term  business  relationships  with  guests  and  the  community.  This  should  result  in  new  guests  visiting  for  the  first  time  as  well  as  fostering  a  stronger  relationship  with  guests  that  have  frequented  your  location  before.  

§ LCM  is  an  on-­‐going  process  intended  to  build  sales  for  all  our  restaurants.  Whether  a  new  store  looking  to  build  the  awareness  of  the  brand  in  their  area,  a  target  store  with  reduced  year  over  year  sales,  or  a  mature  store  with  great  sales  growth,  it  is  intended  to  influence  and  ingrain  your  location  and  the  brand  in  your  community  and  the  guest’s  minds.  

§ Unlike  the  temporary  sales  spikes  that  advertising  &  couponing  can  drive,  LCM  helps  create  a  loyal  guest  base  that  drives  long  term  and  ongoing  sales  growth.    

§ Top  Level  Marketing  –  Task  vs.  Tool  philosophy:  o A  tool  becomes  a  task  unless  you  realize  it’s  potential.  We  should  always  be  focused  

on  ‘top  level  marketing’.  Place  value  on  the  quality  of  time  you  are  investing  in  each  marketing  initiative  to  maximize  it’s  potential.  Know  whom  you  are  targeting  with  each  initiative  &  set  specific  goals.    

What  Does  LCM  Do?  § Enhances  the  restaurant’s  image  within  the  community  § Increases  guest  loyalty  to  your  business  § Builds  brand  awareness  § Grows  store  traffic,  sales  &  awareness  to  your  specific  location  § Develops  involvement  and  recognition  within  the  local  community  § Build  loyalty  in  your  neighborhood  &  your  area  through  the  community  and  other  

businesses.  § If  a  business  within  5  minutes  of  your  restaurant,  does  not  know  you  exist,  you  have  an  

Page 67: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 67 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

opportunity  to  build  more  loyalty  to  your  business  § If  you  do  not  know  at  least  1  person  from  each  business  in  your  area,  you  have  an  

opportunity  to  build  more  loyalty  to  your  business.  Make  key  contacts  in  your  neighborhood.  Start  building  long-­‐lasting  relationships  to  encourage  loyal  &  repeat  guests.  

 Executing  Your  LCM  Plan  

§ It  is  crucial  to  remember  that  first  impressions  are  difficult  to  change.  The  way  potential  guests  perceive  you  will  greatly  influence  how  they  perceive  your  restaurant.  The  goal  of  LCM  is  not  to  hand  out  GCs,  it  is  to  build  and  foster  a  relationship  to  your  community,  to  the  businesses  in  your  area  &  to  drive  as  much  traffic  to  your  location  as  possible.  

§ It  is  crucial  to  establish  a  connection  when  meeting  people.  If  the  people  like  you,  they  will  be  more  open  and  receptive  to  the  brand  and  your  invitation  to  the  restaurant.  Don’t  just  do  the  mechanical  GC  drop  and  leave.  

 Community  Partnerships  § Examine  your  target  demographic  and  partner  with  organizations  and  initiatives  that  

interact  with  potential  guests  in  your  area.  Know  whom  you  are  targeting  within  each  initiative  and  work  on  maximizing  the  potential  impact  of  each  initiative.    

§ Are  you  trying  to  attract  families?  Sponsor  a  local  sports  event,  or  work  with  schools  in  your  area.  

§ Want  business  professionals  to  visit  your  restaurant?  Work  on  initiatives  that  entice  business  professionals  to  stop  by  at  lunch  or  after  work.  Is  there  a  realtor  with  multiple  listing  around  your  neighborhood?  Who  better  than  someone  that  is  familiar  with  the  area  and  ties  to  the  community?  

§ Partnering  with  a  well  supported  and  local  area  non-­‐profit  organization  can  create  invaluable  media  coverage  more  importantly  community  goodwill.  

 A  successful  marketing  plan  should  be  planned,  scheduled  &  implemented  so  it  doesn’t  burden  the  restaurant’s  operations.  LCM  is  a  long-­‐term  solution  and  should  be  treated  as  such.  In  some  cases  you  will  see  instant  results,  and  in  others  you  will  not,  but  the  sustained  sales  you  generate  will  make  it  all  worthwhile.  Keep  in  mind  that  not  every  guest  that  walks  into  your  Famoso  comes  back.  20-­‐30%  of  your  guests  need  to  be  new  in  order  for  you  to  build  your  business.  This  is  why  LCM  is  so  important,  to  drive  traffic  through  your  front  door.  A  solid  LCM  plan  that  is  aligned  with  a  strong  4  walls  execution  plan  will  not  only  ensure  that  guests  have  a  great  experience,  but  that  you  build  your  customer  base.  

§ A  Successful  and  growing  business  has  70%  regular/return  customers  and  30%  new  customers.  (Businesses  with  sales  increases)  

§ Businesses  that  maintain  their  current  sales  have  80%  regular/return  customers  and  20%  new  customers.  

§ Stores  that  see  a  decline  is  sales  trends  have  more  than  90%  regular/return  customers  and  less  than  10%  new  customers.  

In  order  to  maintain  sales,  you  still  need  to  work  to  consistently  build  your  customer  base  or  you  will  see  a  decline  is  sales.      

Page 68: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 68 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 LCM  5  Step  Program  

 Collect  

All  information  for  your  LCM  visits  before  you  head  out.  § Identify  2  layer’s  around  your  store’s  

 Schedule  Time    

For  your  visits  (should  set  aside  2-­‐4+  hours  every  week  to  complete  LCM)  § About  2  hours  a  week  dedicated  to:  

• Contact    &  book  Business  card  lunch  draw  guests  • Contact  &  book  1  VIP  dinner  • Plan  out  LCM  weekly  visits  (enter  all  the  information  into  the  

toolbox  ahead  of  time).    

Execute  Program  1-­‐2+  hours  a  week  to  do  LCM  weekly  visits  in  your  community    

Track  The  Results  Enter  all  the  weekly-­‐redeemed  GCs  into  your  LCM  tracker    

• Follow  up  with  Invitees:  Always  follow  up  with  the  previous  weeks  Business  card  draw  winner  and  the  VIP  dinner  invitees  to  close  the  LCM  loop.  Ensure  they  had  a  great  experience  and  leave  a  lasting  impression.  

               

 

Page 69: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 69 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

3  Store  Sales  &  Marketing  Status    #1:  New  Store  Status  Stores  opened  less  than  1  full  year/  less  than  4  full  quarters  -­‐Stores  executing  above  a  weekly  average  of  $40  000  in  sales,  will  be  required  to  meet  the  below  Minimum  Company  Marketing  requirements:  

v Minimum  of  10  LCM  visits  every  single  week  v 1  VIP  dinner  booked  every  single  week  v 1  Business  card  draw  booked  every  single  week  

-­‐Will  be  required  to  complete  a  Local  community-­‐marketing  plan:  Ø Required  to  complete  &  send  a  quarterly  marketing  plan  for  their  location  that  MUST  be  

approved  by  a  representative  of  the  Famoso  Inc.  marketing  department  and  their  Regional  manager  (4  marketing  plans  per  year)  

 -­‐Stores  executing  below  a  weekly  average  of  $40  000  in  sales,  will  be  required  to  meet  the  below  Minimum  Company  Marketing  requirements:  

v Minimum  of  20  LCM  visits  every  single  week  v 1  VIP  dinner  booked  every  single  week  v 1  Business  card  draw  booked  every  single  week  

-­‐Will  be  required  to  complete  a  Local  community-­‐marketing  plan:  v Required  to  complete  &  send  a  quarterly  marketing  plan  for  their  location  that  MUST  

be  approved  by  a  representative  of  the  Famoso  Inc.  marketing  department  and  their  Regional  manager  (4  marketing  plans  per  year)  

 Essentially  because  the  stores  are  new,  they  are  working  to  build  their  business  aggressively  through  LCM  their  entire  first  fiscal  year.          #2:  Mature  Store  Status  A  Mature  store  will  be  defined  as  one  that  is  maintaining  a  sales  growth  over  previous  year’s  sales  of  +3%.  

v +3.0%  increase  over  last  year  –  Building  business  v 2.0-­‐2.99%  increase  over  last  year  –  Maintaining  business  v Below  2.0%  over  last  year  -­‐  Losing  business  

Stores  opened  1  full  year/  4  full  quarters  and  maintained  sales  growth  from  Q3-­‐Q4  in  Building  Business  category  -­‐Will  be  required  to  meet  4  walls  marketing  requirements  

v 1  VIP  dinner  booked  every  single  week  v 1  business  card  draw  booked  every  single  week  

-­‐Will  be  required  to  complete  a  Local  community-­‐marketing  plan:  • Required  to  complete  &  send  a  quarterly  marketing  plan  for  their  location  that  MUST  

be  approved  by  a  representative  of  the  Famoso  Inc.  marketing  department  and  their  Regional  manager  (4  marketing  plans  per  year)  

 

Page 70: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 70 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 #3:  Deficient  Sales  Store  Status  A  Mature  store  will  be  defined  as  one  that  is  maintaining  a  sales  growth  over  previous  year’s  sales  of  +3%.  

v +3.0%  increase  over  last  year  –  Building  business  v 2.0-­‐2.99%  increase  over  last  year  –  Maintaining  business  v Below  2.0%  over  last  year  -­‐  Losing  business  v Stores  opened  for  1  full  year/4  full  quarters  and  experienced  sales  trends  in  the  

maintaining  business  or  losing  business  categories  from  Q3-­‐Q4  v Stores  opened  for  5  full  quarters  and  in  the  maintaining  business  or  losing  

business  categories  from  LY  sales  (Q1LY  -­‐  Q5  Current  year)  -­‐Will  be  required  to  meet  Minimum  Company  Marketing  requirements:  

v Minimum  of  10  LCM  visits  every  single  week  v 1  VIP  dinner  booked  every  single  week  v 1  Business  card  draw  booked  every  single  week  

-­‐Will  be  required  to  complete  a  Local  community-­‐marketing  plan:  v Required  to  complete  &  send  a  quarterly  marketing  plan  for  their  location  that  MUST  

be  approved  by  a  representative  of  the  Famoso  Inc.  marketing  department  and  their  Regional  manager  (4  marketing  plans  per  year)  

 If  the  store  is  executing  sales  trends  below  +2%  year  over  year  for  a  full  quarter,  they  must  meet  the  above  company  marketing  minimums  to  build  their  business.  If  you  fall  into  a  category,  you  take  the  responsibilities  that  come  with  that  status.                                          

Page 71: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 71 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Social  Media      Overview  

Social  media  refers  to  the  means  of  interactions  among  people  in  which  they  create,  share,  and  exchange  information  and  ideas  in  virtual  communities  and  networks.    These  communities  include  but  are  not  limited  to  Facebook,  Twitter,  Instagram,  Pinterest,  Tumblr,  Foursquare,  Urbanspoon,  TripAdvisor,  YouTube,  blog  websites,  etc.    Famoso  uses  social  media  as  a  communication  channel  with  our  guests.    With  a  medium  like  Facebook,  individual  stores  are  encouraged  to  communicate  information  and  happenings  about  their  specific  location  to  their  fans  (within  Famoso  guidelines).    Some  important  aspects  to  remember  about  social  media:  

 • It  is  user-­‐generated  content  (i.e.  our  guests)  • It  relies  on  immediacy  (i.e.  users  expect  quick  or  immediate  responses)  • Users  want  relevant  information  –  otherwise,  you’ve  lost  them  • Authenticity  matters  -­‐  users  can  quickly  see  through  fakeness    

Don’t  take  social  media  lightly.  Social  media  has  become  a  part  of  everyone’s  life  and  it  is  something  that  influences  their  daily  life.  Social  media  has  played  a  big  role  with  how  people  interact  and  it  is  something  that  is  not  slowing  down  soon.  Our  goal  is  to  best  execute  a  meaningful  and  engaging  approach  that  will  generate  results  for  your  store  and  the  brand.  Updating  your  online  status  twice  today  then  once  next  week  is  not  a  good  practice.  Make  a  commitment  to  sit  down  for  an  allotted  period  each  and  every  day  to  engage  your  fans  and  share  great  content.  This  will  influence  and  foster  a  stronger  loyalty  to  the  brand  as  well  as  your  location  impacting  your  businesses  success.  

 Famoso  does  not  directly  respond  to  criticism  on  the  Internet  or  social  media  but  we  do  request  guests  to  email  us  with  details  of  their  negative  experience  so  we  can  rectify  the  situation.    A  negative  comment  on  Facebook  or  Twitter  should  always  be  addressed  with  a  request  to  send  the  details  of  the  experience  to  [email protected].    Negative  comments  on  sites  like  Urbanspoon  and  Yelp  should  not  be  addressed  directly  on  the  sites  but  gather  the  information  to  address  any  operational  issues  (such  as  service,  hospitality,  food,  etc.)  

 **Note**  be  sure  to  share  your  positive  feedback  with  your  staff  as  well!    Facebook  

§ Ensure  everyone  from  the  store  (and  your  friends)  likes  all  the  Famoso  Facebook  (FB)  pages  § Appoint  a  social  media  representative  from  your  store  (who  is  familiar  with  social  media  and  

preferably  on  the  management  team)    § Once  your  FB  page  is  created,  ask  the  representative  to  "like"  it  and  provide  his/her  email  

address  to  login  to  FB  so  he/she  can  be  added  on  as  an  admin  § Review  our  main  FB  page  (https://www.facebook.com/FamosoPizza?ref=hl)  to  see  the  kind  

of  language,  tone  of  voice,  and  types  of  updates  we  do.    All  of  the  network-­‐wide  promos  are  updated  through  head  office  but  you  should  use  your  page  to  engage  and  communicate  with  your  fans  and  your  community  (ex.  Post  pics  of  the  progress  of  construction,  post  pics  and  info  of  your  LCM  events,  post  something  relevant  to  your  community  or  area,  update  fans  on  

Page 72: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 72 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

your  renovation  or  store  closure).    You  can  also  put  up  hiring  messages  etc.  but  make  sure  you  get  lots  of  people  to  like  the  page  so  they'll  see  your  updates  

§ The  main  Facebook  page  is  managed  by  head  office  only  § Remember  not  to  post  anything  you  wouldn't  say  face-­‐to-­‐face  to  a  guest  § Your  store’s  social  media  representative  must  post  at  least  2  pictures  per  week,  relevant  to  

your  store/community  (example  below)    

Page 73: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 73 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

   Twitter  

§ There  is  only  1  corporate  Twitter  page  that  gets  updated  by  head  office  only  § If  your  representative  is  a  regular  Tweeter  and  comfortable  with  Twitter,  he/she  can  use  

his/her  own  Twitter  account  and  "mention"  @famosopizzeria  in  your  tweets  and  if  is  interesting  and  relevant  to  our  followers,  we'll  re-­‐tweet  you  so  our  followers  can  see  what  you're  posting  too  (ex.  Ryan  at  Commercial  Dr.  (@meatysauce)  made  a  moustache  pizza  for  Movember  and  they  tweeted  a  picture  of  it  with  @famosopizzeria  included  and  I  re-­‐tweeted  it  since  it  was  a  cool  idea  and  an  event  relevant  to  both  all  Famoso  locations  and  our  followers).  

§ Even  though  you'd  be  tweeting  from  your  own  account,  you  still  have  to  remember  that  you  represent  Famoso  and  people  associate  you  to  Famoso  so  it  is  still  crucial  to  remember:    "Don't  tweet  or  post  anything  you  wouldn't  say  face-­‐to-­‐face  to  a  guest."    

Instagram  § Our  objective  is  to  increase  our  Famoso  Instagram  fan  base  continuously  with  the  help  and  

support  of  the  RPs,  managers,  staff  &  Head  Office.  § We  encourage  the  use  of  your  local  store’s  hash  tag.  This  will  keep  track  of  how  many  people  

are  engaging  at  and  about  your  specific  location.  § Your  hash  tag  would  be  #famoso  followed  by  your  store  name  § Staff  participation  is  extremely  important.  Remind  them  every  day  to  post  photos  on  their  

Page 74: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 74 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

own  personal  Instagram  accounts,  and  talk  to  their  guests  &  friends  about  the  Famoso  account.  

§ Photos  must  feature  our  branding.  This  can  in  the  form  of  our  logo,  uniforms,  menus,  signs,  pizzas  (or  other  food/drinks),  or  colors  

§ Photos  should  be  high  quality.  They  cannot  be  blurry  or  too  dark/light  § Photos  should  not  be  too  busy/cluttered.  Make  sure  it  is  easy  to  see  and  focus  on  what’s  

important.  § As  a  company,  we  want  to  see  30  pictures  posted  by  guests  per  month  using  any  of  our  hash  

tags.  Each  store  does  not  have  an  individual  target,  but  we  do  encourage  you  to  work  on  boosting  the  awareness  of  your  location’s  hash  tag  to  increase  the  popularity  of  your  store  through  social  media.  

 Urbanspoon,  TripAdvisor  &  Yelp    

§ Treat  these  sites  like  Local  CommunityMarketing  for  your  business  in  the  on-­‐line  environment  -­‐  it's  important  to  be  up-­‐to–speed  as  to  how  guests  view  your  food,  service  and,  overall  experience.  

§ At  1  week  prior  to  opening,  pls  create  an  account  for  your  store  on  these  3  sites  –  you  can  use  any  of  our  existing  store's  pages  as  a  guide  for  what  to  name  the  location.  

§ You  can  also  claim  your  store  on  all  these  sites  as  the  owner  of  the  restaurant  by  clicking  on  "Is  this  your  restaurant"  and  following  the  instructions.    Once  you've  claimed  the  profile,  you  can  make  instant  updates  to  your  profile  page  without  having  to  go  to  "Edit  Restaurant"  every  time.  

§ At  all  times,  you  should  be  checking  to  ensure  your  profile  information  is  correct  as  these  websites  are  updated  by  user-­‐generated  data  and  are  not  always  correct.    It's  as  easy  as  clicking  "Edit  Restaurant"  on  any  of  these  sites  and  making  suggestions  for  change  –  it  even  includes  a  section  for  "Comments".    

   

 

Page 75: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 75 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 1.) Monitor  your  "Likes"  and  reviews  -­‐  it's  important  to  stay  on  top  of  these  (i.e.  know  what  

percentage  you're  at)  and  ensure  any  friends  or  family  who  have  visited  your  restaurant  and  enjoyed  themselves,  write  a  review  and  "like"  your  profile.  

2.) Do  not  respond  to  guests’  comments  (specifically  negative)  on  these  forums  but  collect  the  information  and  address  them  on  an  operational  level.  (Send  information  to  regional  manager  and  [email protected])  

3.) Do  not  ask  guests  to  go  on  these  sites  and  vote  –  that  can  be  seen  as  tacky  and  may  compromise  your  guest's  experience.    

4.) Do  not  post  fake  reviews  –  Urbanspoon,  TripAdvisor,  and  Yelp  monitor  this  and  make  adjustments  to  the  "Like"  percentage  of  restaurants  accused  of  doing  this.  

Employees  are  allowed  to  vote  ONLY  ONCE  for  their  ONE  Famoso  restaurant  of  choice  (i.e.  do  NOT  vote  for  20  Famoso  locations)  1.) As  a  rule  of  thumb,  when  people  check  restaurants  on  Urbanspoon  for  example,  any  

rating  of  80%  and  higher  is  regarded  as  good,  85%  and  over  is  great.  A  rating  of  below  80%  can  created  a  negative  perception  of  your  restaurant.  

                                                         

Page 76: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 76 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Comical  Overview  Of  Social  Media    

                       

Page 77: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 77 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

       

   

Chapter  6  Training  &  Coaching  

Employees  

Page 78: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 78 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Training  And  Coaching      

The  success  of  your  restaurant  is  heavily  dictated  by  how  well  your  management  and  staff  execute  their  positions.  Training  and  coaching  must  be  an  on-­‐going  focus  of  each  manager  starting  from  day  1  through  to  infinity!    Keep  in  mind  that  all  management  and  staff  either  get  better  or  worse  at  their  jobs,  nobody  stays  the  same.    Ongoing  training  and  coaching  ensures  that  everyone  involved  gets  better  and  allows  you  to  cut  loose  those  who  get  worse.      

 Training  

Initial  training  is  time  consuming  and  costly.    This  is  why  it  is  essential  to  be  structured  properly  to  follow  the  training  guides  so  that  your  time  and  money  is  not  put  to  waste.      

 Each  position  has  a  position  specific  training  guide  in  which  must  be  completed  during  the  training  period.    Training  guides  and  tests  are  to  be  kept  in  the  individual’s  file  folder  in-­‐house  so  effective  and  efficient  training  can  be  accomplished.    Keeping  these  in  house  and  on  hand  allows  multiple  managers  to  assist  in  the  training  process  by  picking  up  where  the  other  has  left  off  and  ensures  points  aren’t  missed  and  that  everyone  is  on  the  same  page.    It  also  allows  everyone  to  hold  themselves  accountable  to  what  has  been  taught;  the  trainer  and  the  trainee  should  have  no  excuses  as  to  why  a  certain  point  isn’t  covered  or  fully  understood.      

 Management  

GM/AM/CM-­‐  required  completing  the  manager-­‐training  guide  with  clear  understanding  of  each  point.    Before  being  scheduled  as  manager  on  duty,  the  manual  and  theory  tests  must  be  completed  and  sent  to  Famoso  head  office  for  review.  A  verbal  test  over  the  phone  or  in  person  will  follow  and  written  confirmation  will  be  sent  by  the  Famoso  head  office  to  indicate  the  individual  is  ready  to  take  on  a  management  position.      

 Pizzaiolo  

Required  to  complete  the  pizzaiolo  training  path  and  tests.    Training  paths  and  tests  are  to  be  kept  in  staff  folder  for  easy  reference  and  future  trainings.      

 Server  

Required  to  complete  the  server  training  path  and  tests.    Training  paths  and  tests  are  to  be  kept  in  staff  folder  for  easy  reference  and  future  trainings.      

 Bartender  

Required  to  complete  the  bartender  training  path  and  tests.    Training  paths  and  tests  are  to  be  kept  in  staff  folder  for  easy  reference  and  future  trainings.    Bartenders,  must  complete  the  Server  training  before  they  can  start  Bartender  training.    

         

Page 79: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 79 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Coaching  Continuously  coaching  management  and  staff  in  all  areas  of  the  restaurant  operation  is  essential  to  accomplish  service  with  personality,  impeccable  image  and  amazing  food  and  beverage.    Setting  aside  as  little  as  a  half  hour  per  shift  to  formally  teach/coach  a  staff  member  will  work  wonders  for  you  as  a  management  team.    Informally,  setting  the  tone  from  start  to  finish  of  each  shift  will  rub  off  on  your  staff.    Actually  doing/showing  what  needs  to  take  place,  the  quality  of  work  expected  and  in  what  kind  of  time  period  gives  the  staff  a  goal  to  shoot  for  and  ensures  they  know  what  you  expect  from  them.      

 Here  Are  Some  Examples  Of  Coaching  For  Each  Position    Server  

1. Indicate  to  a  server  or  several  server  that  you  will  be  focusing  on  the  wine  list  for  this  specific  shift.    Throughout  the  shift,  ask  them  periodically  questions  that  a  guest  would/has  asked;  what  are  your  house  wines?    Do  you  have  any  Italian  wines,  which  ones?    What  are  your  driest/most  fruit  forward/fullest/lightest  wines?    What  is  this  wine  club?    

 2. Real  life  situations  are  the  best  learning  tools  and  it  allows  you  to  address  the  situation  

right  there  on  the  spot  and  allows  you  to  show  them  how  a  certain  situation  should  be  handled.    During  slower  times  it  allows  you  show  them  the  pace  at  which  duties  should  be  completed  with  quality  always  being  maintained  and  guests  never  forgotten.    At  shift  end,  re-­‐cap  with  them  on  the  points  you  noticed  and  how  they  can  work  to  achieve  these  points  moving  forward.        

 Pizzaiolo  

3. During  the  non-­‐peak  times,  ask  questions  about  toppings,  procedures  on-­‐line  and  situations  that  you  have  seen  occur  in  the  past.    Encourage  cross  training  on  positions  with  supervision  to  ensure  food  quality  and  specs  are  followed.    During  peak  times,  pick  a  shift  or  two  a  week  so  you  can  stand  on-­‐line  and  coach  the  team  where  applicable.    Encourage  communication,  teamwork  and  quality!    Try  your  best  to  simply  coach,  don’t  jump  in  on  the  action  unless  absolutely  necessary.      

   4. Assume  the  position  of  the  pizzaiolo  and  physically  show  them  the  job  at  hand  while  

continuously  talking  about  what  and  why  you  are  doing.    Stress  communication  and  procedures  and  that  this  will  translate  into  quality  products.  Have  them  take  the  position  and  give  continuous  constructive  criticism  while  they  are  working.    At  shift  end,  re-­‐cap  with  them  on  the  points  you  noticed  and  how  they  can  work  to  achieve  these  points  moving  forward.      

       

Page 80: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 80 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Coaching  Employees  Maximize  Effectiveness  During  Revenue    Goal  

• The  purpose  of  this  seminar  is  to  explore  the  power  of  the  “coach”  and  to  explain  their  impact  on  our  business.  

• The  restaurant  business  is  all  about  people;  it  is  our  true  point  of  difference,  or  competitive  advantage.  

• During  revenue  100%  of  the  manager’s  attention  must  be  on  the  “game”—  looking  after  the  guests  and  looking  after  the  team  who  is  looking  after  the  guests.    High  Profile  Management    

• Managers  must  be  focused  on  Accomplishment  as  opposed  to  Activity  in  order  to  get  the  most  out  of  their  efforts  (Achieving  results).  

• The  first  level  of  Leadership  is  the  base  skills  needed  to  run  a  great  shift,  maximize  crew  effectiveness,  and  look  after  our  guests.  

 Definition  

• The  following  are  three  “non  coach”  manager  types:    1)  The  Office  Manager,  2)  The  Wanderer  and  3)  The  Hardest  Working  Person  in  Show  Business.  

 § The  Office  Manager  What  do  they  do?  

• They  spend  the  majority  of  their  time  in  the  office  or  working  on  administrative  work.  • They  place  the  responsibility  of  asking  for  help  or  assistance  on  the  team.  • They  claim  to  empower  their  people  by  letting  them  make  their  own  decisions  but  the  

reality  is  they  abandon  their  team.  • They  do  not  lead  by  example.  

 Impact  on  Team  Members  

• They  have  no  direction.  • Goals  are  diluted  due  to  no  central  leadership.  • They  are  demoralized  and  lack  confidence.              • Some  team  members  assume  too  much  authority  and  it  is  usually  not  by  the  right  people  

or  for  the  right  reasons.  • Decisions  are  avoided.  • They  become  apathetic  and  do  not  care  about  the  business.  • They  have  no  respect  for  management.  

 Impact  on  Guests  

• Service  is  inconsistent.  • Food  is  inconsistent.  • Minimal  to  no  management  interaction  with  guests.  

   

Page 81: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 81 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Impact  on  Bottom  Line  • ⇑  Turnover  &  ⇓  Promotions  from  within  ⇒    ⇑  Hiring  Cost,  ⇑  Training  Costs  • ⇓  Productivity                                                                                      ⇒    ⇑  Labor  Costs  • Sales  ⇓  • Guest  Counts  ⇓  • Average  Check  ⇓  

 § The  Wanderer  What  do  they  do?  

• They  move  around  the  room  a  lot  because  they  know  they  should  be  on  the  floor.  • They  don’t  actually  know  what  to  do  while  on  the  floor.  • Some  Activity  but  very  little  Accomplishment.  • They  don’t  make  any  decisions.  

 Impact  on  Team  Members  

• They  are  overworked.  • They  have  no  direction.  • Goals  are  diluted  due  to  no  central  leadership.  • They  are  demoralized  and  lack  confidence.                

Impact  on  Guests  • Service  is  inconsistent.  • Food  is  inconsistent.  • No/  little  managerial  interaction  with  guests.  

 Impact  on  Bottom  Line  

• ⇑  Turnover  &  ⇓  Promotions  from  within  ⇒    ⇑  Hiring  Cost,  ⇑  Training  Costs  • ⇓  Productivity                                                                                      ⇒    ⇑  Labor  Costs  • Sales  ⇓  • Guest  Counts  ⇓  • Average  Check  ⇓  

 § The  Hardest  Working  Manager  in  Show  Business  What  do  they  do?  

• They  are  always  at  work,  long  hours,  few  days  off.  • They  are  the  ultimate  “everywhere  person”.  • They  are  the  best  food  runner,  server,  bartender  and  host  in  the  building.  • They  lead  by  example  but  not  by  teaching.  • They  do  not  delegate.  • They  are  perfectionists.  • They  are  reactive  not  proactive.  • They  never  have  enough  time.  • They  do  everything  asked  of  them  because  they  cannot  say  no  

 

Page 82: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 82 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Impact  on  Team  Members  • They  are  happy  and  calm  (watching  the  manager  do  all  the  work)  or  they  are  unhappy/  

stressed  because  their  co-­‐workers  have  let  them  down.  • They  cannot  reach  manager’s  expectations.  • They  are  intolerant  of  coaching  because  they  typically  don’t  get  any.  • Expectations  are  unclear  and  inconsistent  due  to  lack  of  leadership.  • They  do  not  learn  anything.  

 Impact  on  Guests  

• No  rapport  building  with  guests.  • Interaction  with  guests  is  very  limited.  • Guest  perception  of  operation  is  chaotic.  

 Impact  on  the  Manage  

• Burnout.  • Manager  is  unhappy.  

 Impact  on  the  Bottom  Line  

• Status  Quo:    The  business  does  not  build,  nothing  gets  easier  or  better.    The  Coach  What  do  they  do?  

• They  are  on  the  floor.  • They  are  constantly  listening,  talking,  and  watching.  • They  coach  as  it  happens,  they  do  not  wait.  • They  are  proactive.  • They  have  focus.  • They  are  great  communicators.  • They  clearly  set  goals  and  explain  expectations.  • They  understand  and  listen  to  their  team  members.  • They  delegate  effectively.  • They  have  high  standards.  • They  are  goal-­‐orientated,  focused  on  Accomplishment  and  not  just  Activity.  • They  have  great  awareness:        • They  are  effective  problem  solvers,  solving  problems  so  they  do  not  happen  again.  • They  give  immediate  feedback  on  performance,  positive  and  negative.  • They  remain  cool  and  calm  under  pressure.  • They  know  when  and  where  to  pitch  in  and  help  hands-­‐on.    However,  they  are  much  

more  likely  to  direct  and  teach  first,  helping  everyone  a  little  as  needed,  rather  than  burying  themselves  in  a  single  task  or  never  helping.  

     

Page 83: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 83 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Challenges  of  Being  a  Coach      

• The  myth  that  being  the  coach  isn’t  the  highest  level  of  activity  for  a  manager.  • Lack  of  understanding  of  accountability.  • Fear  of  delegation  resulting  in  hoarding  of  tasks.      

(Delegation  =  careful  decisions  as  to  Who?  and  what?  and  then  training,  then  timely  and  detailed  follow  up.)  

 Strategies  v Things  to  work  on  right  away  to  improve  effectiveness  during  revenue.  

• Coach  managers  and  night  leads  on  coaching  -­‐  ongoing  • Management  Checklists  &  Systems  • Effective  • Used  religiously  • Pre-­‐shift  Meetings  • Communicate  goals  for  sales  and  service  behavior  • Test  product  knowledge  • Perform  uniform  checks  • Address  any  new  issues  • Motivate  crew  • Delegate  Management  Duties  every  shift  • Analyze  schedules  and  section  sizes.  • COACH  CONSTANTLY!!!!!  

   

                   

Page 84: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 84 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Goals    What  Is  A  Goal?    Quite  simply  it  is  a  “DESIRED  OUTCOME”  

There  are  different  types  of  goals  varying  on  their  scope.    For  example  your  goal  could  be  “to  get  in  shape”.    That  is  extremely  vague,  what  does  it  really  mean.    In  fact  it  is  more  of  a  MISSION  or  undertaking,  rather  than  a  goal.      

 How  Do  You  Measure  This  Goal  And  When  Will  It  Be  Completed?    

Getting  in  shape  can  have  dozens  of  details.    This  vague  goal,  or  mission,  can  have  many  sub-­‐goals  such  as  eating  better  or  exercising  regularly.      But  these  goals  are  still  vague.        Eating  better  can  be  broken  down  even  further  to  eliminating  potato  chips  or  eating  spinach.    Exercising  regularly  can  be  broken  down  into  going  jogging  or  lifting  weights.    This  can  still  be  focused  further  until  there  are  no  more  details  to  be  added.      

 Our  focus  is  to  have  effective  goals  that  do  not  leave  any  questions  unanswered.    These  questions  are:  what  are  we  doing,  why  are  we  doing  that,  who  is  going  to  do  what,  where  are  we  doing  that,  how  are  we  going  to  do  that,  and  when  are  we  going  to  do  that?    We  want  to  be  as  specific  as  possible  because  it  leaves  no  questions  unanswered  and  it  provides  a  place  to  start.    A  goal  must  have  the  following  conditions:  

 1. It  must  be  very  specific  –  leaves  no  questions  unanswered  2. It  must  be  measurable  in  its  results  –  Where  are  you  currently  at  and  

where  will  you  be  when  your  goal  is  achieved?    3. It  must  have  a  clear  deadline  (time-­‐sensitive)  

 An  effective  goal  focuses  primarily  on  the  results,  then  the  activity.    It  identifies  where  you  want  to  be,  and  determines  where  you  are  now.    It  gives  information  on  how  to  get  there,  and  it  tells  you  when  you  have  arrived.    It  fuses  your  effort  and  energy  and  gives  meaning  and  purpose  to  your  MISSION.    And  it  can  finally  translate  itself  into  daily  activities  so  that  you  are  proactive  and  in  charge.    Goals  give  structure  and  direction  to  your  MISSION.  

 Goal  –  I  am  going  get  in  shape  by  to  losing  25  pounds  in  the  next  90  days.    

   Now  that  your  goal  is  identified  you  need  a  Specific  Action  Plan    -­‐  Who,  What,  Where,  When,  How?    Action  Plan  -­‐  This  could  include:  

• Making  sure  that  your  gym  bag  is  packed  every  night  before  bed,    • Being  at  the  gym  at  7:00  am  rain  or  shine,    • 3  days  a  week  on  Tuesdays,  Wednesdays  and  Thursdays,  running  3  miles  on  the  treadmill    • Doing  50  Sit  ups  and  50  push  ups  per  day  • Tracking  your  daily  caloric  intake  in  your  IPhone  to  ensure  to  ensure  that  your  never  take  

in  more  than  1500  Calories  per  day.  • Daily  weigh  ins  to  monitor  your  progress  

Page 85: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 85 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Effective  Leadership    The  Difference  Between  Managers  And  Leaders  

It  is  very  important  to  make  this  distinction.  Management  is  a  bottom  line  focus:    How  can  I  best  accomplish  certain  things?    Managers  are  in  the  trenches  focused  on  results.  Managers  are  reactive.  When  a  problem  arises  they  handle  it.    Leadership,  alternatively,  deals  with  the  top  line:    What  are  the  things  I  want  to  accomplish?  What  is  important  and  what  should  I  focus  on  next?    We  must  all  become  great  leaders  otherwise  we  may  squander  our  resources.  Great  leaders  set  &  accomplish  their  goals  and  teach  others  how  to  do  the  same.    They  manage  to  get  their  peers  or  team  to  “buy  in”  to  what  they  want  to  accomplish.        Leaders  are  proactive,  critical  thinkers.  –  They  anticipate  foreseeable  problems  and  layout  a  plan  to  prevent  these  problems,  before  they  happen.  They  work  with  and  through  their  teammates  to  get  results.    § A  manager  administrates  and  a  Leader  envisions  § A  manager  maintains  and  a  Leader  develops  § A  manager  measures  projections  and  a  leader  projects  measures  § A  manager  ensures  that  things  are  done  right  and  a  leader  ensures  the  right  things  are  

being  done.  § A  manager  ensures  that  rules  are  being  followed  and  a  leader  empowers  and  inspires  

people  to  do  the  right  thing.    Management  is  the  efficiency  in  climbing  the  ladder  of  success.  Leadership  determines  whether  the  ladder  is  leaning  against  the  right  wall.      

 What  Is  Goal  Setting?  

Goals  are  resolutions  to  achieve  a  desired  result.  Whether  short  or  long  term,  they  provide  a  clear  understanding  of  what  you,  your  manager  and/or  your  business  are  trying  to  accomplish.  Setting  short-­‐term  goals  as  ‘stops  along  the  way’  to  large  goals  can  break  down  processes  without  losing  sight  of  your  big  picture  goals.  Having  goals  gives  everyday  tasks  more  meaning  and  clarifies  the  reasoning  behind  your  decisions.    It  is  important  for  you  to  set  goals  for  yourself,  your  staff,  specific  areas  in  your  business  and  your  business  as  a  whole.  Consider  sharing  your  goals  with  your  management  team  and  your  staff  to  drive  the  success  to  its  maximum  potential.  This  will  influence  a  greater  team  effort,  if  presented  properly;  your  teammates  will  feel  a  sense  of  responsibility  to  achieve  greater  results.    Goal  setting  is  not  a  one  time  event  when  formulating  a  business,  development  or  marketing  plan,  but  should  be  an  on-­‐going  process.  Things  change  and  in  order  for  your  location  to  keep  up  with  the  time,  the  savvy  GM  and  management  team  must  take  advantage  of  every  

Page 86: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 86 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

situation.  When  your  business  is  flourishing,  goals  help  you  maintain  or  increase  your  business  to  its  potential,  and  can  act  as  a  safeguard  during  slower  periods  of  business.    Our  criteria  for  determining  a  worthwhile  goal  must  encompass  three  points.    It  must  be  acceptable  to  the  guest,  the  staff,  and  the  shareholders.        

 Why  Do  We  Set  Goals?  

The  reason  we  set  goals  is  to  give  our  lives  focus  and  to  move  us  in  the  direction  we  would  like  to  go.  Goals  give  us  passion  and  purpose.  They  give  players  a  reason  for  playing.  They  are  targets  to  be  aimed  for,  a  desired  outcome,  and  the  rewards  associated  with  achievement.  Without  goals,  players  will  lose  interest,  attentions  will  scatter,  and  the  game  will  die  down.    Goals  help  managers  to  coordinate  activities  and  motivate  other  players  to  play  well.    Ask  yourself  this  question,  “What  would  you  do  if  you  knew  you  could  not  fail?    If  you  were  absolutely  certain  of  success,  what  activities  would  you  pursue,  what  actions  would  you  take?”    Waking  up  in  the  morning  and  focusing  on  your  goals  gives  purpose  and  reasons  to  act.    People  take  pride  in  their  achievements.    The  most  important  factor  here  is  ACTION.    GET  MOVING!  

 Do  You  Have  An  Engaged  Team?  

Managers  and  employees  who  clearly  understand  their  individual  goals  and  how  they  relate  to  the  store’s  larger  goals  naturally  become  more  engaged  with  their  work.  Successful  businesses  realize  their  achievements  are  linked  to  their  ability  to  manage,  track  and  communicate  their  goals.  Without  clear  responsibility  and  accountability,  execution  programs  will  not  be  effective.  One  of  the  greatest  challenges  faced  by  employers  is  the  impacting  the  personal  development  of  employees  in  order  to  ensure  effective  use  of  talent.  Keeping  your  employees  engaged  and  motivated  is  the  key  to  a  successful  &  highly  productive  workforce.  

 ‘A  Goal  without  a  Plan  is  simply  a  wish’  

 Goals  &  Objectives  Checklist  

When  you  are  setting  goals  and  planning  your  objectives,  below  are  some  questions  to  help  you  determine  your  process:  

§ How  determined  am  I  to  make  an  impact  in  this  area?  § Willing  and  worth  it  to  make  a  financial  investment?    § Possibly  might  cost  myself,  my  managers  or  my  employees  more  time,  so  will  

it  be  worth  it?  § What  is  the  consequence  of  me  not  impacting  this  area?  § If  it  does  succeed,  how  can  I  achieve  the  greatest  level  of  success?  

Page 87: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 87 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

§ What  kind  of  immediate  impact  will  this  make  to  my  sales?  My  profit?  My  labor?  My  productivity?  Employee  morale?    

§ What  kind  of  long-­‐term  impact  with  this  make  to  my  business?  Will  I  be  able  to  sustain  it?  

§ Am  I  going  to  need  to  be  fully  hands-­‐on?  Or  will  I  need  to  delegate  any  portion  (small  or  large)  of  the  tasks  to  others?  

§ Is  my  goal  to  improve  service?  Impacting  guest  satisfaction  and/or  retention?  § Is  my  goal  to  improve  profit?  Impacting  profit  by  a  certain  %  or  dollar  

amount?  § Is  my  goal  to  improve  the  overall  growth  of  my  business?  § Acquiring  new  employees,  new  management,  improving  selection?  § What  is  a  realistic  timeline  to  achieve  your  goal?  § Who  is  going  to  be  responsible  for  following  up?  § Who  is  responsible  for  putting  every  element  of  your  action  plan  into  action?  § What  is  your  budget  (if  required)?  § What  happens  when  things  need  to  change?  

 How  Do  You  Achieve  Your  Goal  –  “The  Action  Plan”  

When  you  know  your  goal,  what  you  want,  why  you  want  it,  and  who  will  help  you,  you  need  ACTION.    But  to  guide  your  actions  you  need  a  step-­‐by-­‐step  plan  –  a  blueprint.    An  ACTION  PLAN  includes  the  following:      

1. SMR  –  Specific  Measurable  Results  i. A  great  business  practice  is  to  always  be  trying  to  improve  &  grow  your  business  to  become  more  profitable.  

ii. Setting  goals  provides  you  with  the  clearest  way  to  measure  the  success  of  your  store  and  your  initiatives.  

iii. Getting  as  detailed  as  ‘increasing  in  $$$  over  the  next  #  of  months.  iv. Be  realistic  in  your  goals.  Don’t  create  a  situation  where  you  might  

be  defeated  by  your  own  goals.  v. Don’t  make  your  goals  ridiculously  easy  to  achieve,  but  be  honest  

with  yourself  and  set  reachable  milestones  that  will  make  a  tangible  impact  in  your  business.    

2. Include  Your  Team  In  Goal  Setting  Initiatives  i. Setting  clear  goals  with  your  team  allows  everyone  the  understanding  of  what  you  are  working  towards  and  what  is  your  potential  outcome.  

ii. When  starting  to  build  an  action  plan  to  achieve  your  goal,  throw  every  possible  action  step  you  have  into  a  ‘maybe’  column  and  week  through  it  to  find  what  makes  sense  and  will  give  you  the  greatest  results.  

3. Knowledge  Is  Power  i. Once  your  goals  have  been  defined,  you  can  develop  a  deeper  understanding  of  how  to  achieve  results  within  certain  opportunities  in  your  business.  

Page 88: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 88 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

4. DELEGATE  &  Assign  Duties  Wherever  Required  i. Include  managers  and/or  staff  in  your  strategies  to  accomplish  your  goals.  The  more  people  involved  and  aligned  to  achieve  

5. Put  Your  Plan  Into  ACTION  6. Observe  And  Evaluate  The  Results  Of  Your  Action  (Your  Own  Checklist).  

i. Did  you  meet  your  goal?    If  not,  adjust  your  angle  (DO  NOT  GIVE  UP!)    Go  back  to  step  2  and  brainstorm  more  solutions  (i.e.  communicate  better,  delegate  better,  train  better,  etc.)    

 Quite  simply,  SET  your  goal  then  put  your  goal  into  ACTION.  Be  persistent  until  the  goal  is  completed.    The  only  failure  is  inaction.    Being  a  Leader  is  the  ability  to  analyze  and  correct  your  path  if  needed.    Adjust  you  action  plan  to  make  it  more  realistic,  add  new  action  points  as  you  start  to  see  success.    Amend  deadlines  if  needed.    Remember  the  objective  is  to  improve,  not  get  discourage  because  you  didn’t  improve  enough.  

       Tools  For  Accomplishing  Your  Goals  

There  are  many  tools  that  can  help  you  with  your  goals.  The  two  most  important  are:    

1. Communication  2. Delegation    

Communication  Mastery  of  communication  creates  great  parents,  teachers,  and  leaders  and  is  essential  in  achieving  results.  Master  communicators  are  those  who  know  what  they  want  and  who  take  effective  actions,  varying  their  behavior  until  they  achieve  their  outcomes.  The  problem  is  that  you  tell  someone  to  do  something,  and  they  don’t,  your  response  usually  is  “Well  I  told  him  to  do  that!”  THE  MEASURE  OF  YOUR  COMMUNICATION  IS  THE  RESPONSE  YOU  ELICIT.    If  you  ask  or  try  to  persuade  someone  to  do  something  and  they  do  another,  the  fault  was  in  your  communication  –  you  didn’t  find  a  way  to  get  your  message  through.    Take  responsibility  and  try  a  different  approach.    Be  persistent  and  flexible.  Remember  that  people  learn  differently.  People  require  different  levels  of  coaching  and  understanding  to  truly  know  how  to  execute  a  simple  task.  Being  a  great  communicator  is  greatly  reflected  in  how  patient  you  are.  It’s  like  playing  telephone,  once  you  communicate  a  task,  stand  back  and  watch  how  the  individual  translates  what  you  said.  In  some  cases  you  may  need  to  follow  up.  In  some  cases  you  might  need  to  re-­‐communicate  to  increase  their  understanding.  In  some  cases  you  might  need  to  fully  change  your  approach.  Be  patient  within  your  own  leadership  to  be  the  most  effective  communicator.  A  great  communicator  is  not  someone  that  is  willing  to  say  what  needs  to  be  said,  it  is  an  individual  who  can  achieve  results  by  having  effective  conversations.    

   

Page 89: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 89 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Five  Guidelines  For  Effective  Communication    1. Create  Clarity  /  Create  The  Message  

i. The  first  step  is  the  most  crucial  because  you  are  outlining  what  you  want  to  get  out  of  your  conversation  (the  goal  of  this  conversation  is…)  

ii. Establish  what  the  point  of  every  conversation  is.  This  makes  sure  that  both  sides  remain  on  the  right  track.  It  is  very  similar  to  writing  a  hypothesis  for  the  start  of  a  school  paper.  What  is  the  point  of  this  paper  and  what  I  hope  to  speak  about  and  get  across,  etc.  

2. Speak  Clearly  And  Concisely  i. Make  sure  you  are  prepared  for  your  conversation  so  that  you  are  able  to  confidently  speak  about  each  point  you  wish  you  shared  properly.  

3. Translation  i. The  recipient  of  your  conversation  will  translate  your  ‘message’  into  terms  they  understand.  

ii. Always,  have  the  recipient  of  the  conversation  answer  to  ‘what  did  you  get  out  of  this  conversation?’.  Sometimes  we  think  we  were  very  clear  in  our  goal,  and  were  able  to  ensure  the  recipient  understands  fully  what  we  are  talking  about.  It  will  surprise  you  how  often  the  recipient  is  not  on  the  same  page  as  you  at  the  end  of  the  conversation.  So  having  them  respond  to  what  they  got  out  of  the  conversation,  allows  you  both  to  ensure  there  is  clarity  around  understanding  or  a  commitment  that  was  made  in  the  conversation.  

iii. If  the  message  was  not  understood,  you  catch  it  before  they  leave  allowing  the  ‘what  did  you  get…’  act  as  you  last  line  of  defense  

4. Have  Eye  Contact  And  Body  Language  i. Good  eye  contact  and  body  language  matter  in  most  conversations  as  they  subconsciously  send  signals  to  the  recipient  about  how  engaged  you  are  in  the  conversation.  ESPECIALLY  when  you  are  listening  to  them  speak!  

ii. Always  exude  an  aura  of  positive  energy,  not  only  through  your  words  and  tone,  but  also  through  your  gestures.  

5. Active  Listening  i.  Keep  the  conversation  going  by  listening  carefully  to  what  the  recipient  is  saying  and  responding  with  good  follow  up  questions  or  comments.    

ii. People  appreciate  being  heard.  If  you  make  them  feel  valued  in  what  they  are  saying,  they  will  value  what  you  have  to  say  and  what  you  ask  of  them.  

       

Page 90: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 90 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Delegation        

To  be  an  effective  leader  and  manager  you  are  expected  to  be  a  proficient  in  many  areas.    The  most  effective  leaders  are  those  who  have  strong  teams.    The  leader  may  not  be  a  master  of  any  talents  other  than  effectively  managing  his  managers.    If  there  is  something  to  know,  or  something  to  do,  the  leader  has  the  team  to  do  it  even  though  the  leader  is  not  a  master  of  these  areas.    In  fact  the  most  efficient  leaders  are  those  who  specialize  but  not  too  much.    They  know  a  bit  about  everything  and  if  they  need  more  knowledge,  they  know  where  to  find  it.    This  leads  us  to  delegation.        Effectively  delegating  to  others  is  perhaps  the  single  most  powerful  high  leverage  activity  there  is.    It  enables  a  leader  to  broaden  his  focus,  to  see  “outside  the  box”,  to  see  every  aspect  of  the  business.    Determine  how  much  your  time  is  worth  and  decide  if  you  can  delegate  tasks  to  free  yourself  up.    This  will  get  you  to  your  goals  faster.    Make  sure  your  tasks  are  at  your  level,  if  not,  delegate!    You  shouldn’t  necessarily  be  doing  menial  tasks  when  you  can  train  someone  to  do  this  for  you.    

How  To  Delegate  –  It  is  all  about  Communication!  1. Define  what  is  to  be  done  2. Be  certain  that  the  person  fully  understands  what  needs  to  be  done  3. Explain  why  it  is  to  be  done  while  you  are  telling  them  what  is  to  be  done  –  this  will  

motivate  them  further  4. Teach  them  how  it  is  to  be  done  without  step  by  step  5. Be  sure  the  person  understands  the  step  by  step  process  6. Set  a  deadline  for  completion  or  checkup  on  progress  7. Be  sure  that  you  both  have  agreed  to  the  deadline    

There  Are  2  Types  Of  Delegation    

Task  Delegation  Task  delegation  is  as  stated.  It  is  assigning  a  specific  task  with  detailed  instructions  and  deadlines.    This  requires  follow  up  and  training  to  ensure  the  task  is  completed  efficiently  and  to  a  high  standard.  

 Authority  Delegation  

Authority  delegation  requires  a  critical  thinker  with  knowledge  and  experience  related  to  the  task  at  hand.  Authority  delegation  is  when  you  have  trained  someone  to  the  point  that  you  have  confidence  that  they  can  complete  the  task  with  little  to  no  guidance  and  follow-­‐up.  The  person  that  you  have  delegated  to  has  the  knowledge  and  resources  to  work  independently.        

 You  should  always  strive  to  train  and  develop  people  to  where  you  delegate  with  authority.    But  it  is  very  important  to  understand  the  difference  so  that  you  can  have  confidence  that  tasks  will  be  carried  out  and  completed  to  your  liking.    

 

Page 91: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 91 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

How  To  Get  People  To  ‘Buy  In’    

You  need  rapport  with  your  staff.    Rapport  is  how  you  tap  the  resource  of  other  people.    The  pre-­‐requisite  for  attempting  to  get  someone  to  “buy  in”  is  that  you,  yourself,  “buy  in”  and  can  display  the  necessary  confidence  and  generate  the  excitement  needed  to  attract  favorable  attention  to  your  MISSION  or  goals.    To  get  them  on  your  side  you  must:  

 Be  Confident  

§ Display  that  you  fervently  believe  in  your  MISSION  and  goals  and  will  accomplish  them  no  matter  what.      

 Be  Excited  And  Motivated  

§ Display  to  your  staff  that  ACTION  is  being  taken  –  they  will  want  to  be  part  of  the  excitement.  

 Maintain  High  Standards  

§ Everyone  wants  to  be  part  of  something  that  is  great.  § They  will  follow  a  leader  and  an  organization  with  impeccable  standards.  

 We  Are  Selling  Excellence  

§ Emphasize  that  the  individual  is  part  of  something  larger  than  himself,  larger  than  his  shift;  that  he  is  part  of  a  team  that  is  part  of  a  successful  restaurant  that  is  part  of  a  successful  corporation  and  ultimately  part  of  an  ideal  –  EXCELLENCE.    Sell  the  idea  of  excellence  and  then  they  will  be  sold  on  our  organization.  

 Always  Be  Honest  And  Sincere  So  People  Trust  And  Respect  You.    Common  Goals  

§ Convince  your  staff  that  we  are  all  on  the  same  team  because  we  all  have  the  same  goals.  We  may  have  different  reasons  for  our  goals  but  they  all  ultimately  lead  to  success  for  everyone.  

 Inspire  Ownership  

§ Include  staff  in  developing  goals,  goal  challenges  and  action  plans.    Ask  them  what  we  need  to  do  and  how  to  do  it  –  this  will  likely  motivate  them  to  do  it.  

 Most  importantly,  include  staff  in  the  REWARDS!!      

§ Reward  your  staff  buy  showing  appreciation.  Give  staff  pride  and  recognition  with  a  pat  on  the  back  and  a  thank-­‐you  for  a  job  well  done.    Recognition  is  the  most  powerful  reward.  Other  rewards  are  parties,  better  shifts,  more  money,  free  food  or  drinks,  t-­‐shirts,  etc.  Have  more  competitions,  more  outings,  and  more  ideas  for  us  to  have  fun  while  we  accomplish  our  mission.  

     

Page 92: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 92 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Effective  Management  –  The  Football  Field    Your  Team’s  Game  Plan    

Objective  is  to  move  your  team  toward  towards  the  Red  “Hospitality  End  zone”  through  effective  TEAM  Management!    

   

                             

Page 93: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 93 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Your  Team!    Consists  of  3  types  of  staff  

ü  Hospitality  All  Stars!    o Your  key  people  that  will  do  anything  you  need  when  you  ask.    True  

Famoso  Ambassadors.  They’re  leading  the  charge  into  the  End  zone  ü  Foot  Soldiers    

o This  is  the  majority  of  your  staff.    They  are  the  people  that  put  in  a  good  effort.  They  are  sincere  and  care  about  your  restaurant.    But  they  aren’t  driving  your  business  like  your  All  Stars.  

ü  Bench  Warmers    o Otherwise  known  as  potential  cuts.    We  all  have  them.    These  are  your  

underachievers  that  really  shouldn’t  be  on  your  team.    Why?  Because  they’re  holding  you  back  and  damaging  your  business.  

                                   

               

Hospitality All Stars

Benchwarmers Foot Soldiers

Page 94: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 94 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Effectively  Managing  Staff  –  ‘The  Football  Field’    

Managing  50+  staff  effectively  can  be  difficult.  There  are  only  so  many  hours  in  the  day.  To  be  effective  with  your  time  you  need  to  be  able  to  sometimes  manager  your  staff  with  a  broad  approach.  

 Investing  your  time  into  your  All  Stars  and  your  Bench  Warmers  is  an  effective  way  to  set  your  standards,  boundaries  and  expectations  without  having  to  have  constant  conversations  with  all  of  your  staff.  

           

     

Hospitality  All  Stars

Benchwarmers

Page 95: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 95 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

All  Stars    These  are  people  that  are  often  taken  for  granted.    It’s  important  to  always  make  sure  to  always  take  care  of  the  people  who  take  care  of  you.    Their  performance  should  reflect  on  their  schedule,  and  in  the  way  that  you  interact  with  them  each  shift.  o Invest  a  lot  of  time  into  your  All  Stars  –  this  positive  reinforcement  won’t  go  unnoticed  by  

your  other  staff.  o Focus  on  public  recognition.    “High  Fives”  behind  the  bar.  o Make  a  big  deal  of  Hospitality  accomplishments.    These  should  be  public,  positive  and  

powerful.  o Schedule  them  the  best  shifts.  o Ensure  that  they  get  time  off  when  needed  –  before  your  “Foot  Soldiers”  .  o Embrace  their  ideas  and  feedback  about  the  restaurant.  

ü Do  -­‐  invest  a  lot  of  time  into  one  on  ones,  development  and  positive  reward  with  your  All  Stars.    

ü Don’t    -­‐  unfairly  group  these  people  in  with  the  problems  that  occur  with  other  staff.      

I.E.  If  you’re  having  issues  with  staff  being  late  on  a  regular  business.    Make  sure  that  your  not  reprimanding  the  entire  team  for  the  issues  of  a  few  staff.      

Foot  Soldiers    These  are  the  majority  of  the  staff.    They  are  essential  to  your  business  operations.    They  are  solid  and  committed  staff,  but  often  not  as  committed  as  you  would  like.    It’s  important  to  recognize  and  rewards  their  accomplishments,  but  it’s  also  important  to  make  sure  that  you’re  not  over  praising  mediocrity.  

ü These  are  important  members  of  your  team,  but  you  can  effectively  manage  them  by  investing  the  majority  of  your  coaching  time  into  your  “All  Stars”  and  “Bench  Warmers”  

§ Do  –  Hold  these  people  to  the  same  standards  and  expectation  of  your  All  Stars.  

§ Don’t  –  “High  Five”  average  performance.    It’s  not  uncommon  to  see  managers  over  validating  average  employees  because  we  like  them.    Even  though  their  performance  is  mediocre.        ü Ensure  that  they  get  time  off  when  needed  –  before  your  “Bench  Warmers”  ü Embrace  their  ideas  and  feedback  about  the  restaurant  

 Bench  Warmers    

These  are  the  minority  of  the  staff.    They  are  also  are  the  staff  members  that  have  the  most  negative  impact  on  your  sales,  other  staff  members  and  company  culture.      These  staff  members  need  to  move  one  of  2  directions,  into  the  Foot  Soldiers  team,  or  out  the  door.  

§ Do  –  Constantly  outline  your  expectations  and  coach  these  staff  towards  improvement.  

§ Do    –  Ensure  their  poor  performance  reflects  negatively  on  their  schedule.    § Don’t  –  Ever  reward  poor  performance.      § Don’t  –  Accept  poor  performance.    If  they  don't  respond  to  one  on  ones  and  coaching  they  need  to  be  “Cut”  from  our  team.  

 

Page 96: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 96 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 The  Perspective  Of  The  Foot  Soldiers  &  Bench  Warmers    Improve  Their  Performance  By  A  Letter  Grade     What  do  your  Foot  Soldiers  see?  

§ All  Stars    o They  see  great  schedules,  constant  positive  communication  and  “High  

Fives”  behind  the  bar.  § Bench  Warmers  

o  They  see  poor  schedules,  and  tough  conversations  in  the  corner  booth.    

High  Fives  =  Good          Tough  Convos  in  the  Corner  Booth  =  Bad    

They  will  naturally  move  up  the  field  towards  the  All  Stars  –  “Improving  a  Letter  Grade”  

 

       

Page 97: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 97 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Bench  Warmers  –  They’re  in,  or  they’re  out      

       

     

         

If your managing your Bench Warmers - they only have 2 options

Option 1 Improve a letter Grade and become a Foot

Soldier

Option 2 Get cut from the team.

Page 98: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 98 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 The  Football  Field  Summary    

The  Football  Field  is  a  teaching  tool.      It’s  an  effective  analogy  to  that  presents  visible  elements  to  an  invisible  subject.    Coaching.    It  is  very  common  to  see  managers  invest  time  with  ineffective  coaching.    It  the  midst  of  a  busy  rush  we’ll  see  managers  hanging  out  with  the  ‘lazy’  staff  while  the  All  Stars  are  carrying  the  load  in  the  restaurant.    It’s  important  to  understand  the  message  that  actions  like  these  send  to  the  staff.    It’s  not  hard  to  interpret.      In  their  eyes  to  get  your  approval  you  should  slack  off  and  the  manager  will  hang  out  and  joke  around  with  you.  Gets  you  thinking  .  .  .      We  often  avoid  dealing  with  the  minority  Bench  Warmers.    They  cause  the  biggest  problems  and  should  be  at  the  top  of  your  priority  list  for  coaching  in  one  on  ones.    If  you  deal  with  them  head  on  they  will  improve,  or  you  eventually  get  frustrated  with  their  lack  of  care  and  cut  them  lose.    The  Football  Field  talks  about  managing  All  Stars  and  Bench  Warmers.    This  doesn’t  not  mean  that  we  stop  coaching  and  having  one  on  ones  with  our  Foot  Soldiers.      We  absolutely  still  do.    The  philosophy  of  this  coaching  tool  is  that  if  you  go  after  your  top  and  bottom  people  with  fierce  passion  and  diligence  that  the  majority  will  modify  their  behaviour  in  a  way  that  benefits  them.    They  will  move  away  from  the  “Bad  Corner  Booth”  and  towards  “Good  High  Fives”.      

   

           

Page 99: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 99 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

   

       

Chapter  7  Labor  

Page 100: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 100 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Labor  Cost  Control    

In  conjunctions  with  food  and  beverage  cost  control,  labor  cost  is  on  the  top  of  management's  list.  Serious  and  constant  attention  must  be  paid  to  labor  cost  through:  1. Proper  planning  and  scheduling  of  labor  to  business  trends  (refer  to  master  schedules).  2. Checking  past  sales  history  and  utilizing  available  information  when  staffing  for  public  

holidays.  3. Avoid  overlapping  of  day  and  night  staff.  4. Balancing  strong  and  weak  staff  on  every  shift.  5. Eliminating  overtime.  6. Signing  out  staff  when  business  peaks  off.  

 One  of  the  biggest  opportunities  that  will  influence  success  within  your  labor  execution  is  better  understanding  of  the  budget  as  a  whole  and  how  it  relates  to  your  overall  profitability.  So  below  is  a  breakdown  to  give  a  clear  picture  of  how  effective  labor  and  scheduling  can  help  or  hurt  your  bottom  line:    "Say  that  table  spends  $100,  that  money  is  now  mine  because  I’m  the  owner.  Now  let's  track  how  I  make  profit  off  that  $100  and  where  the  rest  of  the  money  goes.”  

Start  with  $100  § Spend  $26  (26%  product  cost  as  written  on  our  P&L)  to  purchase  product  to  sell.  Basil  leaves,  cans  of  

Limonata,  everything  product  related.  Now  I  have  $74  remaining.  § Spend  $30  on  staff  (30%  budget  because  I  need  to  pay  pizzaiolos  to  prep  the  basil  and  servers  to  

serve  the  Limonata  and  a  manager  to  make  sure  they  do  it  properly)  Now  I  have  $44  § Spend  $22  on  cleaning  supplies,  building  maintenance,  toilet  paper,  dishwasher  detergent,  royalties,  

etc.…  (22%  on  Operating  Expenses  all  related  to  the  business  that  I  have  to  spend.)  Now  I  have  $22  § Spend  $8  on  staff  meals,  manager  promos,  QSAs  and  in  store  coupons  (8%  in-­‐store  coupon  and  

promo  budget)  Now  I  have  $14  left.  § Spend  $1  on  movie  tickets  and  store  specific  marketing  initiatives  (1%  marketing)  Now  I  have  $13  left  

 Where  you  cannot  cut  corners  and  spend  less  is  product  so  you  have  to  spend  that  $26  no  matter  what.  You  have  to  pay  royalties,  and  buy  toilet  paper,  soap  and  detergent,  so  you  have  to  spend  the  $22  on  Operating  expenses  no  matter  what.  Where  you  need  to  make  sure  you  don't  waste  any  money  and  manage  the  budget  as  a  checkbook  is  in  scheduling  and  running  daily  labor.  If  you  are  not  careful,  your  money  will  be  wasted.  Every  dollar  extra  spent  on  labor,  comes  out  of  your  owner’s  pocket.  So  if  that  dollar  is  going  to  be  spent  to  build  sales,  great  you’ll  have  more  money  to  spend  to  make  up  for  the  spending.  If  people  are  standing  around  and  not  doing  anything,  your  money  is  literally  wasting  away.  You  wouldn't  just  go  giving  each  of  your  staff  $5  for  no  reason,  so  why  are  you?"      

Page 101: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 101 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Ensure  That  Everything  You  Enter  Into  The  P&L  Labor  Spreadsheet  Is  100%  Accurate  Whether  it's  your  counts  into  your  P&L,  make  sure  the  information  you  are  entering  is  100%  correct.  Double-­‐check  your  work.  Many  of  the  inconsistencies  in  the  numbers  are  due  to  human  error  entering  the  numbers  into  the  workbooks.  

   Staff  Performance  

Staff  performance  and  development  plays  right  into  your  labor.  The  stronger  your  staff  the  better  their  productivity  which  influences  reduced  people  needs  and  most  times  higher  sales.  Making  labor  is  not  executed  just  through  'cutting  or  downsizing  your  people  inventory'  it  can  be  executed  by  developing  people  to  be  better.  

 For  any  new  stores,  managers  can  be  very  nervous  cutting  or  running  with  1  less  person  on  the  floor.  So  then  what  is  the  plan  to  develop  the  people  you  have?  How  are  you  going  to  make  them  better  so  you  can  run  with  1  less  person?  Do  you  have  the  right  people  in  house  to  make  this  happen?  

   Making  Adjustments  

Don't  be  caught  behind  and  playing  catch  up.  Look  at  your  sales  and  labor  every  single  day  for  every  shift.  Know  what  you  are  doing  well  (super  important)  and  master  them,  and  know  what  your  opportunities  are.  Don't  just  wait  to  the  end  of  the  week  and  say  we'll  do  better  next  week.  If  you  are  way  off  your  target  by  Thursday,  what  is  the  rest  of  the  week  going  to  look  like?  Are  managers  revising  their  schedules?  Do  the  AMs  and  CMs  truly  own  their  schedules  and  labor  execution?  

 Managers  need  to  ensure  they  realize  that  labor  plays  right  into  their  sales  plans.  You  are  planning  to  execute  your  sales  volume  with  your  schedules.  Hitting  labor  on  a  shift  can  be  executing  1  of  2  ways,  manage  your  schedule  (cuttings,  start  times,  breaks,  etc.)  or  building  sales.  Don't  always  look  to  cut  hours.  Don't  take  for  granted  that  you  can  build  sales  as  well  that  will  directly  influence  better  labor  execution.  After  all,  labor  is  divided  right  into  your  sales.  So  the  higher  the  sales,  the  better  the  labor  execution.  

 The  opportunity  is  in  making  adjustments  when  your  sales  are  lower.  Now  there  is  1  thing  to  consider  in  this.  When  you  are  training,  sometimes  making  adjustments  just  is  not  enough.  You  need  to  ensure  you  not  only  invest  your  time  making  sure  the  employee  is  trained  properly,  but  that  they  have  enough  time  in  their  roles  to  be  effective  and  execute  at  the  expected  standards.  If  your  labor  goal  is  30%,  then  every  single  dollar  you  spend  to  train  must  be  tracked,  this  way  you  don't  write  off  the  high  labor  just  to  training.  You  need  to  ensure  you  know  exactly  how  much  money  you  are  'investing'  in  the  training  of  the  new  staff  member.  Not  that  every  single  pizzaiolo  and  server  training  is  going  to  be  the  same  (people  learn  at  different  paces),  that  you  can  variance  out  your  labor  spending  to  know  how  much  you  are  below  or  above  your  regular  expected  labor  execution.  

   

Page 102: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 102 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Hiring  &  Selection  

Hiring  is  an  extremely  important  function  of  the  manager.  By  hiring  the  right  people  initially,  through  effective  interview  techniques  and  following  up  with  reference  checks,  you  actually  become  more  cost  effective  especially  when  you  consider  increased  productivity  and  reduced  employee  turnover.  

 Proper  staff  training  also  increases  productivity  and  efficiency,  which  leads  to  reduced  costs.  

 Constant  on-­‐the-­‐floor  management  is  the  fundamental  requirement  of  the  manager  on  duty.  Floor  management  maintains  a  high  productivity  level  by:    

§ Monitoring  business  peaks  and  valleys  § Providing  leadership  through  setting  the  pace  for  the  staff  § Providing  leadership  through  the  presences  of  an  authority  figure  § Implementing  and  improving  methods  of  task  performance  § Being  present  to  answer  any  questions  or  help  solve  problems  § Being  available  to  offer  assistance  and  demonstrate  teamwork.  

 

                                       

Page 103: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 103 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Labor  Control  (Admin)    Operational  Analysis  

Our  labor  costs  are  calculated  in-­‐store  on  a  daily  basis.  Our  payroll  is  bi-­‐weekly,  and  the  labor  costs  appear  on  our  operation  statements  at  period  end.  The  labor  dollars  and  percentages  are  compared  to  our  operating  budget  to  indicate  our  variances  per  staffing  area.  Productivity  is  measured  by  comparing  dollars  spent  in  a  particular  group  to  the  sales  that  the  same  group  generates  (i.e.  Staff  hours  are  multiplied  by  their  wages  and  are  divided  by  total  sales).  

 Along  with  these  objective  considerations,  it  is  also  useful  to  make  rather  subjective  judgments  concerning  staffing  requirements  depending  on  the  productivity  and  abilities  of  different  staff  members.  

 System  Implementation     The  following  are  important  tools  for  controlling  labor  costs:    

§ Daily  Labor  Sheets  

§ Weekly  Schedules  

§ Master  Schedules  

§ Monthly  Labor  Spread  Sheet  

                               

Page 104: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 104 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Weekly  Staff  Schedules    

Schedules  are  the  basis  for  effective  labor  control  management.  Good  schedules  will  effectively  service  the  restaurant  and  guest's  needs;  achieve  budget  as  well  as  providing  a  good  work  environment  for  our  employees.    Always  ensure  you  are  aware  of  provincial  labor  laws  when  building  a  schedule.      

 Purpose  

It  is  to  plan  proper  staffing  requirements  for  the  week’s  business  on  every  shift.  This  is  the  communication  link,  which  informs  staff  of  their  working  days,  hours,  and  positions.  It  also  allows  employees  to  organize  their  time  on  and  off  the  job.  

 Responsibility  

The  department  manager  is  responsible  to  ensure  that  the  weekly  staff  schedule  are  made  up  to  two  weeks  in  advance  and  authorized  by  the  G.M.  before  being  posted  on  the  staff  bulletin  board.  The  schedule  must  be  posted  at  min.  on  Wednesday  for  the  following  Monday.      

 Preparation  

1. Establish  staffing  requirements  by  department  and  position  for  each  shift.  2. Schedule  employees  by  position  and  department  with  consideration  to  the                            

following;  § Not  working  people  more  than  five  days  in  a  row  § Not  scheduling  people  on  nights  and  again  the  following  morning  § Scheduling  employees  days  off  together    § Distributing  weekends  off  fairly  among  all  employees  § Ensuring  a  good  balance  between  strong  and  weak  employees    § Not  scheduling  too  many  trainees  on  one  shift    

 Scheduling  for  impeccable  service  

To  properly  ensure  each  guest  receives  consistent  amazing  service  at  any  Famoso  location,  everyone  has  to  be  on  the  same  page  in  regards  to  service  scheduling.    The  rule  of  thumb  for  scheduling  servers  is  that  one  skilled  server  can  handle  up  to  6-­‐7  tables,  an  average  server  up  to  5-­‐6  tables  and  new/less  skilled  server  3-­‐4  tables.        

 Helpful  Hints  

§ Develop  a  master  schedule,  which  indicates  employee’s  availability  § Put  a  lot  of  thought  and  time  into  schedules.  A  fair  schedule  is  the  first  step  towards  healthy  

staff  morale.  § Prioritize  schedule  starting  with  busiest  day  working  through  to  slowest  day  § Never  under  staff  to  save  labor.  Growth  in  sales  is  the  solution  to  labor  cost  issues  but  is  not  

tangible  unless  service  is  not  compromised.      

Page 105: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 105 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Employee  Availability  Contract    

When  employees  are  hired,  we  ask  them  to  give  us  their  work  availability  (days,  time,  any  restrictions).    Both  parties  agree  this  to  when  they  are  hired,  and  if  it  changes  needs  to  be  approved  by  the  management  team  and  the  staff  member.        

Purpose     To  inform  the  manager  of  any  changes  to  an  employees’  availability      Responsibility  

If  an  employee  needs  to  change  their  availability,  they  need  to  fill  out  another  form  so  that  the  manager  is  no  longer  referencing  from  their  original  hire  availability.  Once  the  form  is  filled  in  properly  and  signed,  both  parties  have  agreed  to  the  availability  and  there  should  be  no  confusion  in  upcoming  schedules.  

 Preparation  

1. Make  sure  employee’s  name  and  the  date  are  on  the  sheet.  2. Fill  in  all  boxes  with  specific  times  and  not  “days”  or  “night”    3. Make  sure  any  pertinent  information  is  included  that  would  be  specific  to  a  day,  for  

example:       “Johnny  can  only  work  8:00-­‐  3:00  on  Fridays  because  he  works  at  Burger  King  at          3:30”  so  he  should  specify  that  he  can’t  stay  later  because  of  this  reason.  

                                         

Page 106: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 106 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 Stat  Holidays      Stat  Holiday  Tracker  -­‐    located  on  Famoso  University    

The  Stat  Holiday  Tracker  is  an  accurate  way  for  the  GM  to  document  Holiday  pay  for  all  the  employees  and  works  as  a  system  to  help  managers  act  proactively  to  reduce  stat  Holiday  pay.  Completing  the  tracker  does  increase  the  GM’s  admin  time  slightly  every  week,  but  the  benefits  out  way  the  time  this  system  requires.  Below  are  more  benefits  of  using  the  tracker:    § Ensures  no  complaints  from  staff  that  could  lead  to  an  Audit  from  the  provincial  labor  

board/ministry  of  labor.  o Paying  proper  stat  holiday  pay  will  ensure  that  you  don’t  get  caught  in  a  position  

that  some  business  have  been  caught  in  –  paying  thousands  and  sometimes  millions  of  dollars  in  stat  holiday  back  pay.  

§ Keeping  up  to  date  saves  work  when  payroll  is  being  completed  following  a  stat  holiday  § When  holidays  continually  fall  on  a  specific  day  of  the  week  (Monday  or  Friday),  you  can  

easily  copy  and  past  the  information  into  the  next  Holiday  Tracker  Tab.  § When  used  effectively,  the  tracker  keeps  you  up  to  date  on  who  has  working  #  of  

‘Mondays’  leading  up  to  the  holiday.  If  you  know  someone  has  worked  4  out  of  the  past  nine,  stop  scheduling  them  for  Mondays  to  proactively  and  properly  avoid  paying  stat  Holiday  pay.  

o For  pizzaiolos,  if  they  make  the  average  wage  of  $12/hr  and  work  a  modest  average  of  6  hours,  you  will  save  $72  per  pizzaiolo  by  not  scheduling  them  for  5  out  of  9  ‘Mondays’.  

o If  you  know  that  one  person  will  be  working  the  qualifying  5  ‘Mondays’,  it  is  best  to  try  to  schedule  them  for  as  many  as  Mondays  as  possible  leading  up  to  the  holiday  to  limit  the  amount  of  other  staff  working  that  ‘Monday’.  

 Efficient  Procedure  

§ Every  tab  is  made  up  to  include  9  weeks  prior  to  each  stat  holiday  in  your  applicable  province.  

§ The  suggested  method  and  routine  is  to  update  the  Stat  Holiday  Pay  tracker  every  time  the  GM  does  payroll.  This  will  ensure  that  your  location  is  up  to  date  on  how  many  days  each  employee  is  working  leading  up  to  each  specific  stat  holiday  and  gives  your  management  team  enough  notice  to  adjust  future  schedules  if  required.    

             

Page 107: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 107 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

             

Chapter  8  Administration  

Page 108: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 108 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Introduction    The  following  manual  documents  the  bookkeeping,  accounting  systems  and  general  

procedures  used  in  the  daily  operations  of  a  FAMOSO  store.  It  must  be  used  by  the  

bookkeeper  and/or  manager  at  the  store  level  as  a  basis  for  procedures  required  to  

complete  Head  Office  reports.  The  manual  indicates  the  store  responsibilities  for  

required  procedures,  when,  where,  how  and  why  these  procedures  are  used.    

 

The  manual  makes  reference  to  store  forms,  which  have  been  standardized  for  all  

FAMOSO  Locations.  These  forms  should  be  used  in  all  circumstances  without  

exception  among  stores.    All  sections  contribute  to  produce  a  weekly  Profit  and  Loss  

Statement.    The  proper  use  of  these  procedures  will  help  contribute  to  maximizing  

efficiency  between  the  stores  and  the  accountants  at  head  office.    

 

The  P&L  workbook  is  an  extremely  effective  tool  for  you  to  properly  know  where  you  

are  spending  your  hard  earned  revenue  dollars.    This  rolling  4  week  period  

workbook  pin-­‐points  your  weekly  sales,  food  cost,  beverage  cost,  labor  cost,  

operating  expenses,  R&M  expenses  and  in  store  advertising/promotion  expenses  

with  gross  profit  being  calculated  at  the  end  of  the  workbook.    This  workbook  is  to  be  

sent  to  Famoso  Head  Office  on  a  weekly  basis  by  Tuesday  at  5pm.      

                   

Page 109: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 109 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Inventory    

The  objective  in  taking  a  complete  inventory  on  a  weekly  basis  is  merely  to  control  our  business  as  efficient  as  possible.  If  this  procedure  is  neglected  we  lose  control  of  over  30%  of  our  operating  costs.  The  inventory  that  is  taken  at  the  end  of  each  week  is  used  to  produce  our  operating  statements  so  it  is  obvious  that  special  care  be  taken  to  that  week's  count.  

 Performing  a  physical  inventory  count  every  week  is  essential  to  know  exactly  how  much  usage  of  a  certain  product  you  went  through  on  any  given  week.    Sales  trends  will  develop  over  time,  and  the  usage  amount  of  any  purchased  products  will  also  develop  a  trend  over  time.      

 Open  Inventory  +  Purchases  –  Closing  Inventory  =  Usage    

§ Inventory  counts  should  be  completed  on  a  weekly  basis  on  the  same  day/time  every  week  before  any  product  is  used  on  that  day  (either  after  closing  in  the  PM  or  before  the  first  pizzaiolo  in  the  AM)  

 § It  is  recommended  that  you  limit  the  individuals  performing  the  inventory  counts  to  

one  person  for  consistent  counting    

§ When  counting  inventory,  be  sure  to  count  items  in  the  same  count  size  as  labeled  on  the  count  sheet  

 Counting  Inventory  

1. Print  off  most  recently  updated  inventory  count  sheet  from  P&L  workbook  2. Perform  Inventory  counts  from  start  to  finish  on  corresponding  week  3. Input  counts  onto  P&L  workbook  under  corresponding  week  count  heading  

                                 

Page 110: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 110 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Impacting  Proper  Usages    

It  is  important  to  troubleshoot  any  overages  and  outages  based  on  the  variance  counts  to  impact  the  proper  usage  of  your  products.  Your  inventory  must  be  managed  as  your  own  personal  equity.  The  cooler  is  your  bank  account.  You  wouldn’t  take  $100  out  of  the  bank  and  put  it  into  your  pocket  that  has  a  big  hole  in  it  and  skip  down  a  busy  street.  Losing  inventory  is  losing  money.  So  it  is  important  as  a  manager  to  ensure  you  work  to  identify  why  your  numbers  are  inaccurate.  Below  are  questions  that  will  assist  you  to  not  only  identify  why  your  numbers  are  over  or  under  but  to  also  identify  opportunities  where  you  need  to  impact  to  gain  consistent  results.  

 General  Variance  Impact  Troubleshooting  

 Are  All  The  Specs  Updated  In  The  

§ Prep  manuals  § Plating  guide  § Beverage/Dessert  guide  § Famoso  University  (store  materials  and  tests)  

P&L  Troubleshooting  § Have  the  prices  been  updated  on  the  Product  Cost  tab  in  the  P&L?  § Have  you  entered  all  your  Invoices  in  the  current  week’s  Invoice  Journal?  § Have  product  transfer  to  other  locations  been  invoiced  and  logged  in  your  Invoice  Journal?  § Have  product  transfer  from  other  locations  been  paid  out  through  your  Invoice  Journal?  § Did  you  receive  any  free  product?  

o Free  product  must  be  accounted  for  as  a  purchase  and  logged  into  your  Invoice  Journal  

o This  product  must  be  accounted  for  as  it  will  eventually  be  used  and  sold  o All  goods  sold  in  a  business  must  be  purchased  as  an  approved  product,  even  if  there  

is  a  $0.00  cost  accounted  for  it.  § Weekly  Inventory  Counts  

o Has  all  the  product  been  accounted  for?  o Has  all  the  product  been  entered  correctly  on  the  count  tab  (unit/case  size)  o Has  all  the  product  been  counted  properly  (1/9  insert,  bucket,  bottle,  etc.…)?  

§ Were  credit  requests  sent  to  suppliers  for  all  product  shorts  § Were  credits  entered  into  the  Invoice  Journal  

 Server  Troubleshooting  

§ Are  the  correct  ‘Pizza’  and  ‘Pizzetta’  Modifiers  being  used?  § Are  the  bar  products  being  portioned  and  made  correctly?  § Are  all  the  staff  being  trained  on  using  the  waste  sheets?  (FOH  and  BOH)  § Are  servers  ringing  in  product  properly?  

   

Page 111: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 111 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Management  Impact  § Have  we  received  everything  you  ordered  from  your  suppliers?  

o If  not,  you  must  communicate  this  with  your  RM  &  Food/LWB  Rep  o If  you  were  charged  and  shorted,  make  certain  you  get  a  credit  or  replacement  

product  immediately  (write  the  short  on  your  Invoice)    § Are  all  staff  meals  being  rung  in  every  shift?    § Are  managers  reviewing  the  high  waste  days  with  the  other  manager’s  daily  and/or  in  

weekly  team  meetings?  § Is  all  staff  being  trained  properly  on  following  Food  &  Beverage  specs  100%  every  time  § Is  there  an  excessive  amount  of  out  of  store  pick-­‐ups?  

o Often  you  will  pay  more  when  picking  up  products  that  you  run  out  of  which  will  drive  up  your  food  cost.  

 Pizzaiolo  Prep  Team  Troubleshooting  

§ Are  pizzaiolos  following  prep  recipes  100%  to  spec  for  every  item  § Is  prep  waste  being  logged  out?  § Is  the  waste  sheet  being  reviewed  with  the  team  daily  in  post  shifts?  § Are  managers  reviewing  the  high  waste  days  with  the  prep  team?  

 Is  the  product  being  properly  rotated  in  the  walk  in  cooler  as  well  as  the  line  cooler(s)?  § Are  the  pars  being  followed?  § Are  the  pars  set  accurate  for  the  current  volume  of  sales  to  minimize  waste?  

 Pizzaiolo  Line  Team  Troubleshooting  

§ Are  the  line  pizzaiolos  executing  proper  portion  control  (weighs,  correct  portions)  § Is  the  product  being  rotated  properly  on  line  and  in  the  coolers?  § Are  waste  sheets  being  reviewed  as  a  post  shift?  § Are  managers  reviewing  and  impacting  high  waste  items?  § Is  every  item  leaving  the  kitchen  with  a  bill?  § Are  poorly  executed  pizzas  being  QSA  or  wasted  properly?  

                               

Page 112: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 112 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Invoice  Approval  Chit  And  Price  Updates    Invoice  Approval  Chits  

Invoice  approval  chits  give  the  restaurant  a  method  of  recording  and  calculating  its  purchased  goods.    The  chit  is  filled  in  and  stapled  to  the  upper  left  hand  corner  of  the  invoice.    This  can  be  done  on  a  daily  basis  or  all  at  once  at  the  end  of  the  week.      

 1. Once  goods  have  been  received  the  invoice  is  kept  in  a  safe  place  of  processing  

(we  recommend  2  pencil  cases;  food  &  beverage  purchases  and  operating  expenses)  

2. Invoice  approval  chits  should  be  attached  to  the  invoice  and  correctly  filled  out  3. The  information  from  each  invoice  chit  is  then  transposed  to  the  Invoice  Journal  

for  the  corresponding  date.      4. Any  credits  should  be  applied  to  the  corresponding  dates  in  which  the  product  

was  received.        Price  Updates  

Price  updates  to  the  product  cost  page  on  the  P&L  workbook  are  essential  to  review  and  change  accordingly  weekly.    This  ensures  accurate  food  costing.  

 § Reviewing  all  purchase  invoices,  update/change  the  cost/case  price  on  the  product  cost  

page  of  the  P&L  workbook.    Be  careful  to  observe  what  the  case  size  is  on  the  product  cost  tab,  as  the  cost/case  price  should  correlate.  

                                           

Page 113: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 113 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Daily  Revenue  Sheet  (DRS)    

The  DRS  is  used  to  record  daily  sale  inflows  and  daily  reconciliation  items.    When  all  data  is  entered,  the  inflows  should  balance  with  the  reconciliation  items.  The  DRS  is  completed  on  a  daily  basis  along  with  the  cash  out.      

 Sales  (cash  inflows)  

o Food  (Total  Product  –  Bar  –  GC)  o Beer  o Liquor  o Wine  o Reserve  Wine  o Gift  Certificates  (bought)  o GST  (Tendered  no  tip  –  Net  total  no  tax)  o PST  

 Reconciliation  Items  

§ Manager  Promo  § Coupons  § QSA  § Staff  Discounts  § Staff  Meals  § GC  Payment  § Debit  § Visa  § Master  Card  § Amex  § Cash  

                                 

Page 114: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 114 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Daily  Labor  Sheet    Purpose  

It  is  to  plan  proper  staffing  requirements  for  the  day's  business.  It  is  a  communication  link,  which  informs  staff  and  management  of  employees'  sign-­‐in  and  sign-­‐out  times  and  total  working  hours.  It  also  acts  as  a  point  of  reference  for  the  bookkeeper  to     determine  employee  payroll.  

 Responsibility     The  opening  manager  on  duty  is  responsible  to  ensure  that  the  Daily  Labor  Sheet  is     completed.  This  includes:         a.   Employee’s  names  in  the  appropriate  job  class       b.   Start  times       c.   Sign  in  staff  onto  POS         d.   Sign-­‐out  times       e.   Calculation  of  total  hours  worked    

The  day  manager  is  responsible  to  complete  the  Daily  Labor  Sheet  for  the  day  staff,  and  the  night  manager  is  responsible  to  fill  in  the  sheet  with  his/her  night  staff  by  ensuring  the  following  is  done:  

      a.     Sign  out  all  employees       b.   Input  sign  out  times  into  POS       c.   Calculate  the  total  labor  dollars  spent  for  each  employee       d.     Calculate  the  total  dollars  spent  for  each  job  class    Preparation  

§ Every  day  requires  a  Daily  Labor  Sheet  that  is  dated  properly  § Refer  to  the  Weekly  Labor  Schedules  to  obtain  employee  job  class  and  starting  times  

for  the  particular  day;  place  names  in  appropriate  job  classes,  and  time  of  day.  § When  preparing  Daily  Labor  Sheet  it  is  important  to  determine  whether  or     not  you  

have  sufficient  staff  to  handle  the  day's  business,  or  whether  you  need  to  make  a  cut  because  you  anticipate  a  volume  drop.  

§ It  is  important  that  all  areas  are  completed,  to  ensure  that  all  employees  are  paid                                  correctly  for  all  hours  worked.  

§ It  is  also  important  that  these  are  stored  for  easy  access  in  case  of  an  employee          discrepancy,  (legally  these  are  the  only  records  we  have  and  must  be  retained).  

             

Page 115: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 115 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Monthly  Labor  Spreadsheet    Purpose  

To  enable  management  to  monitor  labor  dollars  and  percentages  for  each  area  of  the  restaurant  on  a  daily,  weekly,  and  monthly  basis.  It  is  a  point  of  reference  for    management  to  compare  actual  results  against  budget  expectations.  The  labor  spreadsheet  is  used  as  a  measuring  tool  to  compare  management  performance  on  a  daily,  weekly,  and  monthly  basis,  as  well  as  period  to  period.  

 Responsibility  

The  closing  manager  is  responsible  for  completing  the  day's  results  and  calculating  sales  by  area,  labor  dollars  by  area,  and  labor  percentages  by  area.  It  is  important  that  all  areas  of  the  sheet  are  completed  so  that  information  can  be  compared  to  determine  problem  areas  from  day  to  day,  week  to  week,  or  month  to  month.  Make  sure  that  there  is  a  printed  copy  to  discuss  and  evaluate  at  the  weekly  managers  meeting.  

 Preparation  

In  order  to  complete  the  monthly  labor  spreadsheet,  certain  information  is  required.  These  are  the  Sales  Breakdown  and  the  Labor  Breakdown.  

 The  Sales  breakdown  can  be  obtained  from  your  P.O.S.  system  where  the  following  information  can  be  retrieved:  1. Net  day  sales  2. Net  night  sales  3. Net  total  sales  

 The  Labor  cost  can  be  obtained  from  your  P.O.S.  system  where  you  will  find  the  following:  1. Day  labor  cost  2. Night  labor  cost  3. Total  labor  cost  

 In  order  to  calculate  labor  percentages  for  each  area,  you  must  divide  the  total  labor  dollars  for  each  area  by  the  total  sales  for  each  area.  

                   

Page 116: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 116 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Food  And  Beverage  Analysis    Purpose  

The  Food  and  Beverage  Analysis  sheet  is  a  worksheet  that  allows  us  to  calculate  our  dollar  usage  against  our  sales  figures.  Beginning  inventory  plus  purchases  less  ending  inventory  equals  cost.  Overall  food  cost  is  broken  down  into  12  specific  cost  categories.  

 Accurate  inventory  and  logging  of  purchases  are  necessary  for  accurate  and  consistent  costing.  

 Filling  Out  Form  

The  form  is  completed  and  evaluated  weekly,  following  inputting  inventory,  invoices  and  DRS.      

 • Open  inventory  -­‐  Dollar  amounts  of  all  inventories  on  hand  at  beginning  of  the  week.  

(Last  week’s  closing  Inventory)  • Purchases-­‐  Dollar  amount  of  all  purchases  made  during  week,  taken  from  invoice  

logbook.  • Closing  inventory  -­‐  Dollar  amounts  of  all  inventories  on  hand  at  end  of  week:  this  will  be  

the  beginning  inventory  for  the  following  week.  • Usage  is  calculated  by  adding  Opening  inventory  plus  Purchases  subtracting  Ending  

inventory.  • Percentage-­‐  Food  Cost  percentage  is  calculated  by  taking  Area  usage  divided  by  Total  

Food  Sales  for  that  week.  Taking  the  specific  area  usage  and  dividing  it  by  non-­‐alcoholic  sales  calculate  beverage  Cost  Percentage.  The  cost  %  for  each  category  will  develop  a  trend  for  every  specific  Famoso  location.    It  is  essential  to  evaluate  and  troubleshoot  why  a  category  cost  %  has  changed  from  week  to  week.    Your  product  is  your  MONEY;  you  need  to  know  where  it  is  going!  

                           

Page 117: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 117 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Profit  And  Loss  Statement  (P&L)    Evaluate  all  sections  of  the  P&L  statement  from  top  to  bottom    Total  Sales  (Food  And  Beverage)  

Cross-­‐reference  this  with  your  POS  to  ensure  proper  sales  figures  have  been  entered  on  DRS  for  all  4  weeks.  

 Total  Food  And  Beverage  Costs  (Each  Individual  Category)  

Food  and  Beverage  costs  are  in  line  with  goals.    Use  the  Food  and  Beverage  Analysis  page  to  evaluate  and  troubleshoot  each  specific  cost  category.  

 Total  Product  Cost  

Combination  of  food  and  beverage  cost:  Use  Food  and  Beverage  Analysis  page  to  evaluate  and  troubleshoot  each  specific  cost  category.    

Labor  Cost  The  labor  spreadsheet  will  allow  you  to  evaluate  your  labor  dollars  on  a  daily,  weekly  and  monthly  basis  for  the  day  shift,  night  shift  and  complete  day.    Evaluate  this  tool  daily  to  ensure  your  labor  goals  are  met.      

 Operating  Expenses  (each  individual  category)  

Evaluate  each  operating  expense  category  to  ensure  they  are  in  line  with  what  you  expected  for  each  category.      

 R&M  Expenses  (each  individual  category)  

Evaluate  each  R&M  expense  category  to  ensure  they  are  in  line  with  what  you  expected  for  each  category.      

 Gross  Profit:  Sales  –  Expenses  =  Profit  

The  gross  profit  shows  what  your  restaurant  is  profiting  after  all  restaurant  expenses  are  accounted  for.      

           

Page 118: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 118 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

P&L  Workbook  Checklist    The  P&L  workbook  is  an  extremely  effective  tool  for  you  to  properly  know  where  you  are  spending  your  hard  earned  revenue  dollars.    This  rolling  4  week  period  workbook  pin-­‐points  your  weekly  sales,  food  cost,  beverage  cost,  labor  cost,  operating  expenses,  R&M  expenses  and  in  store  advertising/promotion  expenses  with  gross  profit  being  calculated  at  the  end  of  the  workbook.    This  workbook  is  to  be  sent  to  Famoso  Head  Office  on  a  weekly  basis  by  Wednesday  at  11am.        Inventory  To  be  completed  on  same  day  each  week  before  any  product  is  used  for  that  day  (Either  after  closing  in  PM  or  before  first  pizzaiolo  in  AM).    It  is  recommended  that  you  limit  the  individuals  performing  the  inventory  counts  to  one  person  for  consistent  counting.  

- Print  most  recently  updated  inventory  count  sheet  from  P&L  workbook  - Perform  Counts  - Input  counts  onto  P&L  worksheet  under  corresponding  week  count  heading  

Invoice  Approval  and  Price  updates  - Gather  all  purchase  invoices  for  corresponding  week  - Categorize  invoices  into  Food  and  Beverage  and  Operating  Expenses  - Update  product  cost/case  pricing  on  ‘Product  Cost’  sheet  of  P&L  for  corresponding  week  - Breakdown  all  product/expenses  into  proper  expense  category  breakdown  - Attach  and  label  each  invoice/receipt  with  a  ‘Invoice  Approval  Chit’  for  bookkeeping  

purposes  - Input  all  purchase  breakdowns  on  corresponding  week  ‘Invoice  Journal’  on  P&L  worksheet  - Remember  to  watch  for/follow  up  on  any  requested  credits!  

Daily  Revenue  Sheet  (DRS)  - After  daily  cash  out,  enter  Daily  revenue  sheet  onto  P&L  worksheet  - Use  this  time  to  perform  your  last  check  up  to  ensure  all  revenue  inflows  and  reconciliation  

items  are  what  you  expected!  

Food  and  Beverage  Analysis  Open  Inv.  +  Purchases  –  Closing  Inventory  =  Usage  

- Evaluate  each  individual  category  of  food/beverage  cost  %  keeping  in  mind  the  food  cost  goal  for  your  location  

- Troubleshoot  any  cost  %  that  differentiates  from  previous  weeks    • Missing  counts,  counts  entered  in  wrong  unit  size,  counts  entered  in  wrong  sections  • Missing  Invoices  and/or  credits,  invoices  inputted  in  wrong  categories  

Labor  Spreadsheet  - Enter  sales  figures  and  labor  costs  on  a  daily  basis    

     

Page 119: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 119 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Profit  and  Loss  Statement  (P&L)  - Evaluate  all  sections  of  the  P&L  statement  from  top  to  bottom:  

• Total  sales  (Food  and  Beverage)  • Total  Food  and  Beverage  Costs  (each  individual  category),  Total  Product  Cost  • Labor  Cost  • Operating  Expenses  (each  individual  category)  • R&M  Expenses  (each  individual  category)  • Gross  Profit  

 

                                                                           

   

Page 120: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 120 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

P&L  Troubleshooting  Guide    

This  troubleshooting  guide  will  help  you  determine  if  there  are  errors  in  the  data  that  you  have  entered  into  your  P&L.    Only  once  you  have  confirmed  that  the  data  you  are  looking  at  is  correct  can  you  attempt  to  fix  any  issues  in  your  kitchen.  

 Percentage  Cost  =  Start  Inventory  +  Invoices  –  End  Inventory  

Sales      

Causes  Of  High  Cost  (In  Order  Of  Likelihood)  1.) End  Inventory  too  low  

ü Check  ‘Inventory  Cost’  page  to  find  any  products  that  are  lower  than  usual.  i. Double  check  ‘Count’  page,  make  sure  ‘Count’  and  ‘Count  Type’  are  correct.  ii. Double  check  ‘Product  Cost’  page,  make  sure  ‘Cost/Case’  and  ‘Dominator’  

are  correct.  2.) Invoices  too  high  

ü Check  ‘Invoice  Journal’.  i. Make  sure  all  invoices  are  coded  into  correct  categories.  ii. Make  sure  ‘Proof’  is  $0  for  all  invoices  iii. Any  credits  for  products  not  delivered  that  week  should  be  entered,  even  if  

physical  copy  of  invoice  is  not  on  hand.  3.) Starting  Inventory  too  high  

ü This  should  not  be  the  case  if  you  are  confirming  your  ending  inventory  each  week.  

ü Check  ‘Inventory  Cost’  page  to  find  any  products  that  are  higher  than  usual,  for  last  week.  

i. Double  check  ‘Count’  page,  make  sure  ‘Count’  and  ‘Count  Type’  are  correct.  ii. Double  check  ‘Product  Cost’  page,  make  sure  ‘Cost/Case’  and  ‘Dominator’  

are  correct.  ü If  first  week  of  P&L  double-­‐check  that  the  starting  category  totals,  on  ‘F+B  

Analysis’  page  were  copied  over  correctly  from  previous  P&L.  4.) Sales  too  low  

ü Sales  do  not  affect  your  percentage  cost,  only  if  there  is  an  error  in  ‘DRS’  page.      Causes  If  Costs  Are  Still  High  (In  Order  Of  Likelihood)  

§ The  price  of  an  item  increased  with  your  supplier.    

§ Over  portioning  of  products  a. Pizzaiolos  are  not  using  scopes  or  scales  to  portion  ingredients.  b. Pizzaiolos  are  using  incorrect  scoops  or  weigh  measures  for  items.  

§ Shrinkage  too  high  a. Prep  staff  is  not  getting  optimal  yield  from  products.  

 

Page 121: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 121 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

§ Wastage  is  too  high  a. Pizzaiolos  are  making  too  many  mistakes  in  making  dishes  and  too  much  is  getting  

thrown  out.  b. An  insert  of  something  got  dropped  and  threw  out  during  the  week.  

§ Spoilage  is  too  high  a. Product  is  going  bad  during  the  week,  and  is  being  thrown  out.  

§ Pilferage  is  too  high  a. Someone  is  stealing  product.  

 If  everything  still  seems  fine  and  cost  for  a  category  is  high,  it  can  be  because  of  a  change  in  your  sales  mix.    Selling  more  high  cost  items  then  normal  will  cause  any  increase  in  your  percentage  cost.    

Percentage  Cost  =  Start  Inventory  +  Invoices  –  End  Inventory  Sales  

 zCauses  Of  Low  Cost  (In  Order  Of  Likelihood)    

1.) End  Inventory  too  high  ü Check  ‘Inventory  Cost’  page  to  find  any  products  that  are  higher  than  usual.  

i. Double  check  ‘Count’  page,  make  sure  ‘Count’  and  ‘Count  Type’  are  correct.  ii. Double  check  ‘Product  Cost’  page,  make  sure  ‘Cost/Case’  and  ‘Dominator’  

are  correct.  2.) Invoices  too  low  

ü Check  ‘Invoice  Journal’.  i. Make  sure  all  invoices  are  coded  into  correct  categories.  ii. Make  sure  ‘Proof’  is  $0  for  all  invoices  

ü Check  for  missing  invoices.  3.) Starting  Inventory  too  low  

ü This  should  not  be  the  case  if  you  are  confirming  your  ending  inventory  each  week.  

ü Check  ‘Inventory  Cost’  page  to  find  any  products  that  are  lower  than  usual,  for  last  week.  

i. Double  check  ‘Count’  page,  make  sure  ‘Count’  and  ‘Count  Type’  are  correct.  ii. Double  check  ‘Product  Cost’  page,  make  sure  ‘Cost/Case’  and  ‘Dominator’  

are  correct.  ü If  first  week  of  P&L  double-­‐check  that  the  starting  category  totals,  on  ‘F+B  

Analysis’  page  were  copied  over  correctly  from  previous  P&L.  4.) Sales  too  high  

ü Sales  do  not  affect  your  percentage  cost,  only  if  there  is  an  error  in  ‘DRS’  page.            

Page 122: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 122 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Causes  If  Cost  Are  Still  Low  (In  Order  Of  Likelihood)    

§ The  price  of  an  item  decreased  with  your  supplier  § Under  portioning  of  products  

o Pizzaiolos  are  not  using  scopes  or  scales  to  portion  ingredients.  o Pizzaiolos  are  using  incorrect  scoops  or  weigh  measures  for  items.  

§ Wastage  is  low  o Pizzaiolos  are  making  not  mistakes  in  making  dishes  and  little  is  getting  thrown  

out.  § Spoilage  is  lower  than  normal  

o Product  is  not  going  bad  during  the  week,  and  nothing  being  thrown  out.    

 If  everything  still  seems  fine  and  cost  for  a  category  is  low,  it  can  be  because  of  a  change  in  your  sales  mix.    Selling  more  low  cost  items  then  normal  will  cause  any  decrease  in  your  percentage  cost.      

Page 123: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 123 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Common  P&L  Errors    

a) Do  not  copy  any  full  page  from  one  P&L  to  another.  Only  copy  the  DATA  over.  When  you  copy  a  full  page  there  is  a  good  chance  that  you  will  mess  up  the  formulas.  The  most  common  place  I  see  this  is  people  copying  over  a  Count  Sheet  from  one  P&L  to  another.  DO  NOT  DO  THIS.  

 b) Do  not  delete  rows  3  to  10  on  your  Count  Sheet.  This  will  delete  the  section  markers,  and  

will  result  in  every  cell  on  you  Inventory  Cost  page  saying  “#REF”.  If  you  want  to  delete  an  item  on  your  Count  Sheet  that  is  in  one  of  those  rows,  just  write  over  that  item.  

 c) Do  not  delete  a  row  on  your  Product  Cost  page.  When  you  do  this  it  creates  a  reference  

error  (#REF)  on  your  Inventory  Cost  Page,  and  then  any  totals  that  include  that  cell  will  also  be  #REF.  If  you  want  to  delete  something  from  the  Product  Cost  Page,  blank  out  the  cells,  then  sort  that  section  (be  sure  to  select  the  whole  section  when  sorting  Columns  A  to  L).  

 d) Do  not  write  in  column  C  (Count  Size)  on  the  Count  Sheet.  This  is  formula  cell,  if  there  is  

not  a  formula  on  that  row  just  copy  and  paste  it  from  a  row  above.    

e) If  there  is  a  #N/A  in  the  Count  Size  column  of  the  Count  Sheet,  this  means  that  your  item  is  either  not  on  the  Product  Cost  Page  or  it  is  spelt  differently.  

 f) On  your  count  sheet,  each  item  can  only  be  in  each  section  once;  the  second  instance  of  

the  item  will  not  be  counted.  For  example  if  you  count  1  insert  of  Famoso  dressing,  then  0.9  Jug  of  Famoso  Dressing  both  in  your  Salad  Cooler,  the  Jug  will  not  be  added  in  to  your  inventory  totals.  

 g) There  should  be  no  gaps  between  your  section  markers.  If  section  3  ends  at  345,  section  

4  starts  at  346.  Also  you  can  only  have  SEVEN  sections,  and  they  do  not  have  to  match  the  headings  on  your  count  sheet.  

 h) ALWAYS  create  your  new  P&L  from  the  newest  P&L.  Create  your  P6  P&L  from  your  P5,  

and  your  P7  from  your  P6.    

i) When  someone  from  H.O.  make  edits  to  your  P&L,  please,  please,  please  use  the  new  P&L.  It  is  very  frustrating  to  have  to  re-­‐do  fixes  on  your  P&L’s  multiple  times.  

 j) If  you  have  a  question,  or  think  something  is  not  right  call  or  email.  

           

Page 124: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 124 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Order  Guide    

  Purpose  Just  as  you  would  determine  the  amount  of  prep  needed  for  the  day,  it  is  a  good  idea  to  use  the  same  practices  for  ordering.  It  is  always  a  good  idea  to  keep  your  inventories  down  to  a  minimum  to  ensure  proper  rotation  and  your  expenses  low.  Also,  ordering  enough  so  that  you  always  have  the  product.  It  is  a  fine  line  to  walk  without  running  out  of  product.  The  formula  is  much  the  same  as  it  would  be  for  prepping  

     Starting  inventory  –  ending  inventory  =  usage  

 Calculating  the  usage  for  that  week  will  obviously  show  you  what  was  used  and  therefore  giving  you  a  reference  number  to  use  for  adjusting    

 Code  

To  be  used  for  certain  suppliers  whom  require  an  ordering  code  when  ordering  a  product.    Count  Size  

 This  column  shows  how  the  product  is  delivered  and  the  amount.    Par  

Shows  the  amount  of  product  needed  to  have  in  house.  If  the  actual  count  is  less  than  the  par  number,  the  item  will  need  to  be  ordered.  

§ Calculated  by  taking  usage  highlighted  in  red  (top  from  four  weeks).  And  adding  the  %  adjust.  

§ Can  adjust  the  %  that  is  added  to  the  high  usage.  10%  is  the  default  %,  bit  if  there  is  a  larger  growth  for  a  product,  you  can  increase  to  a  higher  %.  Or  to  a  lower  %  if  the  usage  is  decreasing  or  is  a  low  level  item.  

§ You  should  always  consider  oddly  high  usages  due  to  events,  holidays,  promotions  or  special  occasions.  

§ Be  aware  of  past  historical  trends  for  upcoming  months.  § Can  set  a  manual  adjust,  this  will  be  the  lowest  you  ever  want  to  have  on  hand  for  a  

particular  product.  o I.E.  If  you  always  want  no  less  than  8  bottles  of  Kokanee  in  your  display  cooler  you  

would  set  that  here.    

Always  make  sure  that  when  you  fill  in  the  final  columns  for  week  4,  to  print  off  a  new  copy.      Supplier  

Suppliers  should  have  their  own  sheet        

   

Page 125: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 125 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Royalty  Reporting    

Royalty  reports  and  payments  are  due  to  Famoso  Head  Office  by  the  10th  day  of  every  calendar  month.    Royalties  are  broken  down  into  royalty  fund  (6%)  and  advertising  fund  (2%)  and  are  paid  at  the  same  time  using  the  in  house  POS  report  and  the  Famoso  royalty  reporting  form.      

 Preparation  

At  the  end  of  each  calendar  month,  print  off  a  sales  report  from  the  POS  system  for  the  month  ended.    Also  print  off  a  royalty  report  form  from  the  forms  disc  and  the  debit/credit  terminal  summaries  for  the  month.      

   Filling  Out  Form  

§ Using  the  POS  report,  fill  in  the  detailed  sales  categories  listing  bar,  beverage,  food,  open  food,  other,  pizza,  special  and  misc.  sales.    The  sum  of  all  these  will  be  you  your  gross  sales.    This  amount  should  equal  the  amount  of  gross  sales  from  the  POS  report.      

§ Using  the  POS  report,  fill  in  the  detailed  debit  categories  listing  QSA,  $25  off  reserve  wine,  coupons,  free  marg.  coupons,  manager  discount,  staff  discount,  staff  meals  and  misc.  discount.      

§ Using  the  POS  report,  fill  in  the  GST  collected.      § Total  your  detailed  debit  categories  and  subtract  this  amount  from  the  gross  sales  to  give  

you  the  amount  you  will  pay  royalties  on.      § Multiply  this  amount  by  6%  for  royalties  and  the  same  amount  by  2%  for  ad  fund.      § Combine  these  two  amounts  and  multiply  by  5%  for  GST.  § Add  the  combined  amounts  and  GST  together  to  give  you  the  total  owed    

                                       

Page 126: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 126 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Royalty,  Coupons  And  Promotions  Administration    

Royalty  Packages  § Royalties  are  due  delivered  to  HO  no  later  then  the  10th  of  the  month.    If  there  is  any  reason  

that  your  royalties  will  be  received  late,  please  contact  HO  to  discuss  before  the  10th.    Late  royalty  packages  will  not  be  tolerated  and  Famoso  Inc.  will  issue  a  default  to  the  franchise  agreement  if  they  are  late  or  incomplete.      

§ All  materials  must  be  included  in  the  royalty  package  monthly;  royalty  report,  POS  sales  report,  relevant  discount/promo/coupons/Groupon  that  are  eligible  to  be  charged  back.  

 Promo  

All  manager  and  store  coupons/discounts:  Manager  discount,  staff  discount,  staff  meals,  manager  promo  tabs,  QSA  tabs  and  voided  bills  § Server  and/or  managers  are  to  print  and  write  a  brief  explanation  on  the  details  of  the  

discount/promo'd/voided  bills  and  keep  this  in  the  daily  cash  outs.      § Each  month  these  should  be  filled  separately  in  files  labeled  discounts,  promo,  voids  

alongside  sales  reports,  and  kept  in  storage  as  per  CRA  guidelines.    All  Head  Office  Coupons:  HO  Coupons,  HO  Gift  Certificates,  and  Groupons  

§ Server  and/or  managers  are  to  staple  a  copy  of  the  POS  bill  to  the  physical  coupon  or  gift  certificates.    

§ These  should  be  kept  in  the  daily  cash  out  and  then  filled  in  separate  folders  called  HO  coupons;  HO  gift  certificate  and  Groupon  at  manager  cash  out  time.      

§ All  of  these  are  to  be  submitted  monthly  with  the  royalty  package.    For  electronic  coupons/groupons  the  POS  bill  with  tracking  number  manually  written  on  is  sufficient.    You  can  submit  these  in  individual,  properly  labeled  envelopes  or  files.      

§ HO  will  not  reimburse  those  who  are  not  compliant  or  fail  to  execute.        All  HO  Discounts:  HO  staff  100%,  Corporate  Chef  promo  

§ Server  and/or  managers  are  to  print  2  copies  of  the  POS  bill  and  have  the  HO  staff  member  sign  both  copies.    One  copy  is  to  given  to  the  HO  staff  member.    The  2nd  copy  is  to  be  kept  in  the  daily  cash  out.  

§ These  should  be  kept  in  the  daily  cash  out  and  then  filled  in  a  separate  folder  called  HO  discounts  at  manager  cash  out  time.        

§ All  of  these  are  to  be  submitted  monthly  with  the  royalty  package.  You  can  submit  these  in  individual,  properly  labeled  envelopes  or  files.      

§ HO  will  not  reimburse  those  who  are  not  compliant  or  fail  to  execute.        Promo/Discount  Guidelines  

§ Updated  and  attached  § Staff  discounts:  Any  and  all  Famoso  staff  are  entitled  to  a  25%  discount  off  food  items  on  

their  bill.    Management  reserves  the  right  to  go  over/above  25%  as  they  see  fit.            

Page 127: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 127 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Promo  Head  Office  Staff  Instructions  

• Any  discounted/promo'd  bills  are  to  be  signed  with  brief  written  explanation  of  expense  with  one  copy  left  at  the  store  and  one  copy  submitted  with  periodic  expense  claims  in  a  envelope  labeled  discount/promo  bills.    If  you  do  not  have  an  expense  claim  to  send  in,  please  send  your  promo/discounted  bills  regardless.      

 Meal  Expenses  

• Famoso  Inc.  will  cover  meals  at  Famoso's  under  the  same  policy  as  the  store  level  staff  meal,  except  the  meal  is  to  be  promo's  as  HO  staff  100%  promo  and  the  store  expenses  back  to  HO  with  signed  POS  bill  accordingly.      

**Note**  Product  items  tested  at  store  reviews  and  scheduled  revenue  visits  (3hrs)  are  at  the  cost  of  the  RP  as  per  our  franchise  agreement;  section  7.1,  7.3,  7.6.      

 HO  Staff  Discounts  

• HO  staff  members  off  shift  are  entitled  to  receive  a  25%  staff  discount  at  minimum.    If  the  manager  chooses  to  discount  over/above  then  that  is  great  and  appreciated.      

   

                           

   

Page 128: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 128 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Email  Administration  Overview  

Email  communications  is  standard  practice  in  our  business.  Since  most  of  us  have  never  been  formally  taught  about  emailing,  we  have  decided  to  put  this  together  to  help  our  company  stay  aligned  when  it  comes  to  emailing.  

 E-­‐mail  Set-­‐up,  Requirements  &  Expectations  

 New  Restaurant  

Completing  your  Famoso  on  schedule  will  require  effective  and  efficient  communication  and  to  assist  with  this,  we  have  created  a  Famoso  e-­‐mail  address  for  your  restaurant.  We  will  start  corresponding  with  you  through  this  e-­‐mail  shortly,  so  please  get  it  set  up  and  start  using  it.  Here  are  the  details.  

 Example  E-­‐mail:  [email protected]  Example  Password:  mozzaballs    Set-­‐Up  Instructions  

You  can  access  your  Famoso  e-­‐mail  either  through  a  web  browser  or  by  setting  up  your  e-­‐mail  account  on  a  mail  client  such  as  Outlook  or  Apple  Mail  on  your  computer.    Each  Famoso  is  required  to  set  up  their  email  account  on  the  store  laptop  using  an  email  client.      

 Using  The  Webmail  

You  can  log  into  your  Famoso  e-­‐mail  through  a  web  browser  by  going  to  mail.famoso.ca  and  clicking  the  link  in  the  middle  of  the  paged  titled  "Webmail  Login"  once  you  click  this  link  you  will  be  directed  to  a  page  with  a  username  and  password  field.  Your  username  is  your  e-­‐mail  address  and  your  password  is  the  same  as  above.  

 Using  A  Mail  Client  

This  set-­‐up  is  slightly  more  complicated,  but  many  people  prefer  to  use  their  e-­‐mail  this  way.  The  information  required  to  set-­‐up  your  e-­‐mail  account  is  the  same  regardless  of  the  client,  but  each  client  is  a  little  bit  different  in  how  you  set  the  e-­‐mail  up.  Here  is  the  information  you  will  require  to  set  up  your  account  with  a  mail  client  

 Incoming  Mail  Server  Information  

§ E-­‐mail  Type:  POP3  § Incoming  Mail  Server:  mail.famoso.ca  § Incoming  Mail  Server  Username:  <your  e-­‐mail  above>  § Password:  <your  password  above>  

 Outgoing  SMTP  Server  Information  

§ Outgoing  Mail  Server:  smtp.famoso.ca  § Select  the  checkbox  that  says  "My  outgoing  server  requires  authentication"  or  something  

similar  § Uncheck  any  checkbox  that  says  use  "SSL"  for  outgoing  mail  server  

Page 129: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 129 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

§ Outgoing  Server  Username:  famomail  § Outgoing  Server  Password:  vesuvio9  § There  will  be  an  option  to  select  which  port  to  use  for  outgoing  mail.  You  will  want  to  use  

port  25  or  port  587  (if  one  doesn't  work,  use  the  other  one).    

When  you  have  this  account  set  up,  send  a  test  e-­‐mail  to  confirm  it  is  working.        Email  expectations  

Email  communications  is  standard  practice  in  our  business.    The  expectation  for  each  store  is  to  have  manager’s  check  and  respond  to  emails  daily  and/or  within  reasonable  amounts  of  time.    To  accomplish  this,  a  smart  phone  is  highly  recommended.  

 Email  should  be  used  to  outline,  recap  and  follow  up  on  conversations.    Email  is  not  a  great  discussion  tool.    If  you  want  to  discuss  something,  pick  up  the  phone!      

 Group  email  guidelines  

§ Use  the  store  email  address  for  all  communications  with  Famoso  HO,  other  locations,  suppliers  and  guests.    

§ Do  not  delete  any  messages  (other  then  junk  email)  in  order  to  ensure  all  managers  have  had  the  chance  to  read  the  emails.    

§  Ensure  your  smart  phone  does  not  delete  messages  once  read  or  remove  them  from  the  main  email  sever.    

 Email  terminology    Address  Bar    Sending  A  Message  

§ TO:  any  address  you  put  in  the  ‘TO’  area  suggests  you  are  sending  a  message  to  someone  with  the  intentions  of  receiving  a  reply  or  acknowledgment  from  that  individual.      

§  CC:  any  address  you  put  in  the  ‘CC’  area  suggests  you  are  sending  a  message  to  someone  with  the  intentions  of  keeping  them  in  the  loop.    A  reply  is  not  expected  and  the  receiver  can  choose  to  reply  or  not.      

§ BCC:  any  address  you  put  in  the  ‘BCC”  area  suggests  you  are  sending  a  message  to  someone  with  the  intentions  of  keeping  them  in  the  loop  without  anyone  else  seeing  who  the  message  was  sent  to.    A  reply  is  not  expected  and  the  receiver  can  choose  to  reply  or  not.      

 Replying  To  A  Message  

§ Reply:  this  will  send  your  reply  to  the  address  that  sent  you  an  email.      § Reply  All:  this  will  send  your  reply  to  ALL  addresses  that  were  included  in  the  original  

email;  TO  and  CC  address  will  receive  your  reply.              

Page 130: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 130 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Manager  Communication  Log    Purpose  

The  communication  log  is  located  in  the  manager’s  binder.  It  is  the  most  effective  way  to  Communicate  between  managers.  You  are  able  to  understand  what  has  happened  on  your  days  off  or  since  your  last  shift.    It  is  important  that  it  is  filled  out  diligently  every  shift.  The  communication  log  is  used  to  help  with  scheduling,  kitchen  par  levels,  staff  problems,  ordering  and  many  other  aspects  of  the  restaurant.  The  Communication  Log  should  be  one  of  the  first  things  an  incoming  manager  reads,  as  it  may  contain  important  information  regarding  their  shift  at  hand.  Sign  the  pages  after  reading  so  other  managers  know  you  have  read  the  book.  

 Filled  Out  By  

Management  team    Filling  Out  The  Form  

§ Each  section  of  the  log  should  be  completed  daily.  § Managers  should  read  and  sign  off  each  on  each  daily  log  to  represent  that  they  have  read  

and  understand  the  content  of  the  log.  § The  log  should  be  filled  in  so  that  it  is  easily  read/understood  and  kept  in  good  condition  

for  historical  information  and  reference.                                        

                   

Page 131: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 131 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

   

 Date:_____________   Day:_____________   Weather:________________   Events:___________  

 Manager:  O________________   Sales:  Day  $_________________   Labor  %  /  Productivity  $  

                                       C_________________                      Night  $_______________   Day:  ________%  /  $________  

                               Total  $_______________   Night:  ________%  /  $________  

 Guest  Flow-­‐  (Seats  fill  all  at  once/spread  out,  fast/slow  turnover)   Total:  ________%  /  $________  

 Day:      

       

 Night:      

       

 Wait:  Night  Shift-­‐  On  _________Off___________  Average  Wait__________  

 Wait:  Day  Shift-­‐  On  _________Off___________  Average  Wait__________  

 Last  Night's  Close:                              

     

     

 R&M  Concerns:      

     

 Food  Quality  &  Shortages/Usage  Issues:                      

     

 Shift  Focus  -­‐  FOH:          

                                               BOH:  

 Day  Shift  Notes-­‐  (staffing  levels/performance,  food  execution,  service  execution,  reminders  &  notes)    

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

 Night  Shift  Notes-­‐  (staffing  levels/performance,  food  execution,  service  execution,  reminders  &  notes)  

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

 Manager  Sign  Off    _______________    __________________  _______________  _________________  

Page 132: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 132 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Forecasting  Sales    

What  Is  Sales  Forecasting  Simply  put  sales  forecasting  is  the  process  of  estimating  what  your  sales  are  going  to  be  in  the  future.  Sales  forecasts  are  not  sales  goals  or  sales  targets.  A  sales  target  or  goal  is  set  as  a  way  of  defining  and  encouraging  sales  effort.  Sales  targets  are  often  set  some  way  higher  than  estimated  sales  to  ‘stretch’  the  efforts  of  the  team.  § The  use  of  historic  data  to  determine  the  direction  of  future  trends  § A  prediction  of  future  sales  based  on  previous  sales  patterns"  § The  projection  of  achievable  sales  revenue,  based  on  historical  sales  data  and  market  

trends  § A  prediction  of  future  sales,  based  on  past  performance  -­‐  taking  into  account  the  

economic  climate  and  current  sales  trends  

Why  Should  You  Forecast  Your  Sales  Sales  forecasting  is  an  integral  part  of  business  management.  Without  a  solid  idea  of  what  your  future  sales  are  going  to  be,  you  can’t  manage  your  inventory  or  your  cash  flow  or  plan  for  growth.  The  purpose  of  sales  forecasting  is  to  provide  information  that  you  can  use  to  make  intelligent  business  decisions.  

 Areas  Sales  Forecasting  Impacts  Your  Business  

§ HR  o Hiring  o Training  o Scheduling  

§ Increased  Profitability  –  Labor  $  savings  § Improved  Cash  Flow  

o Ordering  o Proper  inventory  purchases  and  levels  

How  Do  You  Forecast  Your  Sales  § Using  the  Forecasting  formula  § Evaluating  your  location’s  sales  analysis  using  your  P&L  

o Monitoring  year  over  year  trends  § What  were  your  sales  from  the  same  time  period  last  year?  § Are  your  year  over  year  sales  currently  growing,  declining  or  flat  lining  § New  locations  that  do  not  have  year  over  year  data  should  contact  other  

locations  with  similar  sales  demographics  to  gather  more  data  o Monitoring  last  3  weeks  of  sales  trends  

§ Forecasting  around  special  events,  certain  seasons,  holidays  &  promotions.  Your  sales  will  be  affected  by  swings  in  the  economy  at  various  times  of  the  year  and  in  and  around  holidays.  These  seasonal  factors  occur  in  regular  patterns  you  want  to  identify  seasonal  variation  so  you  can  act  accordingly.  

§ Sales  Initiatives  o The  results  of  efforts  taken  to  increase  sales.    

Page 133: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 133 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Sales  Forecasting  Formula    

SALES FORECASTING FORMULA (A)

Evaluation of YOUR Sales from the same

time period last

year

+ (B)

Evaluation of Sales from the last 3-4

weeks at your location from

P&L

+ (C)

Evaluation of year

over year sales trends

at your location (+/- )%

+ (D)

Consideration of

'seasonality' and 'Sales initiatives'

=

$$$$$ YOUR SALES

FORECASTS

$$$$$

   

Common Errors With Sales Forecasting § Wishful thinking

o Managers have a habit of always forecasting to the "best case scenario" § Inaccurate data

o i.e. this year's Groupon dates were off by a wee § Trusting your "gut"

o Sales forecasting is statistical analysis - What are your numbers telling you? § Unrealistic/Inaccurate Assumptions

o How do you forecast around events like Groupon?                                              

Page 134: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 134 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

         

Chapter  9  Kitchen  Systems  

 

Page 135: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 135 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Prep  Chart    At  the  center  of  every  activity  in  the  kitchen  is  our  Prep  Chart.  It  determines  how  much  food  preparation  needs  to  be  done,  how  many  pizzas  you  will  cook  each  day,  how  many  plates  you  will  wash  each  day,  etc.  It  is  extremely  important  not  only  to  be  familiar  with  your  Prep  Chart,  but  to  also  use  it  as  a  basis  for  all  kitchen  planning  and  systems.    

 The  Prep  Chart  Can  Be  Broken  Down  Into  Great  Detail  In  Order  To  

§ Determine  preparation  levels.  § Determine  ordering  levels.  § Reconcile  daily/weekly  inventory  variance.  

 Purpose  

It  is  determine  the  required  amount  of  preparation  for  all  menu  items  to  ensure  proper  stock  levels  for  a  successful  service  on  each  day  of  business.    

 Filled  Out  By  

All  pizzaiolos  &  managers  who  do  prep  must  fill  out  the  prep  chart  each  day    Filling  out  Form  

Each  prep  position  has  an  assigned  prep  sheet  depending  on  what  the  persons  start  time  is.  Once  the  person  arrives  it  is  their  responsibility  to  locate  their  count  sheet  and  proceed  to  do  a  physical  count  of  all  the  items  on  their  count  sheet.  

 For  training  purposes,  the  manager  may  use  the  Master  prep  count  sheet.  This  is  a  carbon  copy  of  the  prep  chart  and  can  be  filled  in  prior  to  the  prep  cook  arrival.  The  manager  can  then  cross  reference  his/her  count  sheet  to  that  of  the  prep  cook’s.  

 1. The  prepper  does  a  physical  count  of  all  the  prep  items,  checking  quality,  quantity,  and  

storage  handling  of  all  items.  If  for  any  reason  products  must  be  discarded,  it  should  be  recorded  properly  on  the  wastage  sheet  for  the  day.  A  notation  should  be  made  highlighting  problems  to  impel  corrective  action:  § Storage  problems,  over  prepping,  § Poor  product  rotation,  inaccurate  par  levels  § Food  preparation  errors  

 2. Once  the  counts  are  recorded,  the  prepper  will  go  to  the  prep  chart  and  record  the  count  

numbers  in  the  appropriate  day  column.      

3. When  the  first  columns  are  complete,  the  "Prep  Today"  triangle  is  determined  by           PAR  -­‐  INV.  =  NEEDS        

Page 136: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 136 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Par  Levels    

To  determine  the  proper  par  levels,  you  will  need  to  review  the  previous  month’s  prep  chart.  This  will  show  the  fluctuation  of  usage  for  each  item  for  that  month  and  if  the  item  is  being  constantly  re-­‐prepped  or  thrown  out  due  to  too  much  sitting  for  a  long  period  of  time.  

 Adjusting  The  Pars  

Adjusting  the  pars  consists  of  taking  the  highest  usage  of  the  4  specific  days  i.e.  all  4  Wednesdays  of  the  previous  month  and  adding  10%  for  growth  room.  Make  sure  you  look  for  trends  of  wastage  or  re-­‐prepping  within  that  day.  

 Special  Occasions/Holiday’s  

Any  day  in  which  you  expect  higher  sales  then  normal  it  is  important  to  adjust  your  prep  accordingly.    For  example  any  time  that  Friday  is  a  holiday,  usually  Thursday  will  be  just  as  busy  or  busier  than  your  normal  Friday.    You  should  then  perform  Friday  pars  on  Thursday  to  compensate  for  the  expected  business.      

 When  adjusting  your  pars  on  a  new  prep  chart,  be  aware  of  any  special  occasions  or  holidays  in  which  you  adjusted  the  pars  just  for  that  day.    If  you  are  not  aware  of  this,  your  new  pars  for  that  day  will  be  inaccurate  moving  forward.  

   

The  prep  sheets  should  be  collected  at  the  end  of  each  week  to  be  reviewed  at  the  management  meeting  after  which  can  be  discarded  

     

                             

Page 137: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 137 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Famoso  Prep  Chart    Each  Box  Is  Divided  Into  4  Triangles    

       n Items  with  zero  Prep  on  Hand  have  that  triangle  coloured  

in  yellow  n Item  with  zero  Prep  Today  have  that  triangle  coloured  in  

green  n Items  with  Re  Prep  require  immediate  correction  &  

GM/CM  action  plan  to  address  shift  issues,  par  levels  n Yesterday’s  Prep  on  Hand  +  Yesterday’s  Prep  Today  +  

Yesterday’s  Re  Prep  -­‐  Current  day’s  Prep  on  hand  =  Yesterday’s  Total  usage  

Prep  On  Hand  § This  is  the  amount  of  each  item  that  is  left  over  from  the  previous  day’s  prep  production.    

This  is  the  opening  count.    § This  number  is  entered  in  the  left  triangle.  If  this  number  is  zero,  color  the  triangle  

Yellow  (this  would  be  priority  production).  § This  is  the  amount  of  product  that  is  carried  over  from  the  day  or  days  before.    Analyzing  

the  Prep  on  Hand  numbers  helps  determine  whether  too  much  or  too  little  of  a  particular  item  is  being  prepped.  

 Prep  Today  

§ This  is  the  amount  of  each  item  to  be  produced  each  day.    It  is  calculated  by  subtracting  the  “Prep  On  Hand”  from  the  “Par”.    For  example:  if  the  par  level  is  15  and  there  are  5  on  hand,  10  should  be  prepped.    If  this  number  is  zero,  color  the  triangle  green.    

 Re  Prep  

§ This  is  where  to  record  any  production  of  any  items  AFTER  the  first  prep  production  is  completed.    This  would  include  items  that  require  a  second  prep  that  day,  or  items  that  weren’t  needed  during  the  first  prep  but  now  are  due  to  heavy  usage  during  the  day.  

§ This  is  usually  unexpected  prep.    Re  Prep  signals  problems  with  set  par  amounts.  § Re  Prep  requires  immediate  correction  &  CM  action  plan  to  address  shift  issues.  § The  Re  Prep  triangle  can  also  be  used  to  record  Night  Prep  

 Total  Usage  

This  is  calculated  for  the  previous  day  AFTER  the  Prep  on  Hand  for  the  current  day  is  counted.    Yesterday’s  Prep  on  Hand  +  Yesterday’s  Prep  Today  +  Yesterday’s  Re  Prep  –  Current  Day’s  Prep  on  Hand  =  Yesterday’s  Total  Usage.  

 

PREP TODAY

PREP ON HAND

TOTAL USAGE

RE PREP

Page 138: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 138 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

**NOTE**  Usage  for  each  item  should  be  carefully  calculated  and  filled  out  by  the  prep  staff  as  they  are  filling  out  their  prep  chart  each  day.    Prep  Charts  Are  Now  Done  By  Period  As  Opposed  To  By  Calendar  Month  

You  can  now  run  Prep  charts  that  coincide  with  your  fiscal  periods.    There  are  28  columns  consisting  of  4/  7-­‐day  weeks.  

 When  Setting  Up  Your  New  Prep  Chart  Each  Period  You  Will  Need  To  

1. Fill  out  your  Period  title  2. Fill  out  the  date  range  of  your  Period    3. Fill  in  the  Calendar  dates  above  each  'Day  of  the  Week'  

§ Fill  in  your  par  levels    (Par  levels  must  always  be  written  in  pencil  so  that  they  can  be  easily  change  to  react  to  issues  and  changes  in  business  flow)    

Special  Events  Write  in  any  special  events  that  fall  inside  the  period  on  the  appropriate  day.    Being  aware  of  special  events  allows  you  to  adjust  you  pars  accordingly  when  business  flow  falls  outside  the  norm.    

   

C/O  –  Carry  Over  Column      

  The  Carry  Over  column  is  a  simple  way  to  record  the  current  shelf  life  of  each  product  when    starting  a  new  prep  chart.    Simple  calculate  the  shelf  life  of  each  product  at  the  end  of  the  last    prep  chart  and  record  this  amount  in  the  C/O  column.        Eg:    if  tomato  sauces  is  2  days  old  when  starting  the  new  prep  chart  enter  a  ‘2’  in  the  C/O  column.    

                               

Page 139: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 139 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Using  Color  Shading  To  Manage  Your  Prep  Chart    

Green  Triangles            

When  an  item  does  not  need  to  be  made  prep  staff  will  enter  a  '0'  in  the  Prep  Today  triangle.    It  will  be  then  shaded  green.    Each  green  triangle  represents  1  day  in  the  products  shelf  life.    

 By  looking  for  blocks  of  green  shading  you  can  easily  identify  items  that  are  nearing  or  have  passed  shelf  life.      

I.e.:  The  diagram  above  would  represent  an  item  that  it  4  days  old.    

If  an  item  is  identified  to  have  passed  shelf  life  the  CM  or  GM  should  draw  a  black  sharpie  box  around  shaded  section.    When  items  are  exceeding  shelf  like  they  need  to  be  thrown  out  and  the  Par  level  should  be  evaluated  to  see  if  it  should  be  lowered.  

       

   Yellow  Triangles        

Items  shaded  in  yellow  represent  walking  into  '0'  product  for  a  certain  item  in  the  morning.    

The  yellow  shading  is  meant  to  be  a  flag  to  identify  potential  issues  with  par  levels  that  are  too  low.      

 1.  If  you  see  yellow  shading  on  an  item  the  CM/GM  should  evaluate  to  ensure  that  items  we  not  '86'd'  to  our  guests  the  previous  evening.    Any  shortages  should  have  been  notated  in  the  management  communication  book.  

 Running  out  of  items  can  also  result  in  night  staff  having  to  make  unneeded  late  night  prep  in  order  to  serve  guests.  

 2.    If  you  see  items  that  regularly  have  '0'  (Yellow  Triangle)  Prep  on  Hand  Triangles  there  is  a  good  chance  that  your  par  levels  are  too  low.    Low  par  levels  can  result  in  increased  prep  labor  by  having  to  prep  items  more  often  that  needed.    

   

Page 140: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 140 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Daily Prep Count Sheets

To  instill  a  sense  of  responsibility  in  our  staff  we  want  them  to  take  action  and  be  accountable  for  their  day.  The  daily  count  sheet  has  all  the  information  that  a  daytime  pizzaiolo  needs  to  complete  their  day  and  leave  the  restaurant  with  all  cleaning  duties  done.    

Purpose  To  ensure  proper  counts  for  prep  items  that  need  to  be  prepped  that  day.  It  also  has  the  daily  responsibilities  applicable  to  that  station  so  that  the  managers  do  not  need  to  chase  and  remember  every  duty  that  needs  to  be  completed  every  shift.  This  sheet  also  promotes  a  sense  of  ownership  for  that  person  and  their  station.    

 Responsibility  

The  individual  prepper  is  responsible  for  each  of  their  stations  and  daily  routines.  With  that  being  said  there  is  flexibility  to  the  routines,  if  it  is  a  busy  day  and  one  pizzaiolo  is  done,  they  can  help  get  everyone  out  on  time.  If  it  is  a  slow  day  and  that  person  is  done,  they  can  be  cut  and  you  save  on  labor.  

 Preparation  

At  the  beginning  of  each  week,  usually  Sunday,  the  manager  must  print  off  current  count  sheets  pertinent  to  that  month  of  prep.  The  current  week’s  date  is  then  filled  out  and  any  extra  duties  for  that  week  should  be  assigned.    

                   

     

Page 141: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 141 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Waste  Sheet    Purpose  

To  record  all  food  items,  that  for  any  reason,  have  not  made  it  to  the  customer  because  of  unacceptable  quality.  Used  effectively  a  wastage  sheet  ensures  on-­‐going  training  to  reduce  and  eliminate  all  wastage.    A  wastage  sheet  is  a  great  management  tool  for  determining  problem  areas  around  the  kitchen.              

 I.E.  Over-­‐prepping,  poor  storage,  or  wrong  cooking  procedures.    

 By  pinpointing  problem  areas,  you  can  correct  or  eliminate  wastage  through  follow-­‐up  training  and  constant  communication.  

 Filled  out  by     Manager,  Pizzaiolo  &  Server    Filling  out  Form  

All  columns  must  be  filled  out.  At  the  end  of  the  week,  input  the  wastage  items  and  amounts  on  the  wastage-­‐costing  sheet  to  see  the  effect  upon  the  food  cost.  

 The  wastage  sheet  should  be  filed  away  with  the  Daily  Prep  Sheet,  and  then  brought  to  the  weekly  management  meeting  to  add  to  the  discussion  on  the  food  cost.  

             

         

Page 142: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 142 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

The  Food  Quality  Checklist   Purpose    

To  ensure  all  items  are  in  the  designated  areas  above  &  underneath  the  line  and  each  item  carries  the  Famoso  standard  of  quality.  

 Filled  Out  By  

Manager  on  duty    

Filling  Out  Form  Every  item  on  the  line  should  also  be  stocked  to  a  sufficient  level  to  ensure  proper  flow  of  service.  Four  methods  of  quality  checking  are  

 § Weighing  the  portioned  product  § This  is  to  maintain  consistency  in  the  amount  of  product  being  portioned  for  any  

given  menu  item.  §  Keep  in  mind,  this  should  be  a  random  check  and  not  for  each  and  every  portioned  

item  (that  would  take  too  long!!)  § Tasting  the  product    

§ Some  of  the  prepped  items  will  not  necessarily  look  bad  but  will  taste  sour  or  bitter.  

§ Smelling  the  product  § Don’t  be  afraid  to  remove  the  saran  and  bring  the  product  right  to  your  nose.  

Some  items  may  be  closer  to  spoiling  than  you  think.  § Visual  check  

§ Most  obvious  spoilage  is  visual  whether  it  is  a  mold  on  a  dairy  product  or  bubbles  from  fermentation.  

 Line  Checks  should  be  done  at  10:30  before  the  day  begins.  Once  the  line  checker  has  determined  which  items  are  missing  or  not  up  to  Famoso  standards,  it  is  important  to  follow  up  by  re-­‐prepping  or  communicating  to  management  that  there  are  items  out  of  stock.  

 The  line  checklist  should  be  completed  and  filed  for  review  at  the  next  manager  meeting.  

                 

 

Page 143: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 143 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

       

Chapter  10  Food  Safety  &  Handling  

 

 

Page 144: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 144 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Introduction    Food  storage  plays  two  important  roles  in  the  operation  of  a  Famoso.  First  the  quality  

of  the  storage  system  will  directly  affect  the  quality  of  the  product  used  in  

preparation  of  menu  items.  Furthermore,  good  storage  management  in  the  form  of  

effective  controls  on  shrinkage,  spoilage,  and  pilferage  will  aid  in  keeping  food  costs  

down.  The  following  areas  illustrate  where  the  cost  of  storage  waste  can  originate.  

 Shrinkage      

Occurs  with    meat  and  produce.  § Meat    

o As  soon  as  it  is  processed,  meat  begins  to  shrink  through  drying  with  drip  loss.  Thus,  storage  time  has  to  be  kept  to  a  minimum.  

§ Produce    o Visible  in  the  form  of  wilting:  therefore  it  requires  proper  storage  and  rotation.  

 Spoilage  

The  explanation  above  illustrates  the  shelf  life  for  all  food  groups.    § This  forms  the  basis  for  proper  stock  rotation  and  control.  Another  

aspect  of  spoilage  is  the  amount  of  handling  the  food  receives.  Unnecessary  handling  will  increase  contamination.  

     Pilferage  

This  will  be  controlled  by  Management  policies  and  by  limiting  access  to  storage  areas.  

§ From  this  brief  introduction,  it  is  now  necessary  to  discuss  the  specific  kinds  of  storage  facilities  required  for  the  various  commodities  used  in  our  business.  

 

Page 145: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 145 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Dry  Storage:  Storing  Semi-­‐  Perishable  Foods    

Foods  such  as  flour,  sugar  and  pasta  should  be  stored  in  areas  that  are  designed  and  used  solely  for  that  purpose.  

Storage  Conditions  § Be  dry,  cool  and  well-­‐ventilated  

-­‐  50  to  72  degrees;  higher  temperatures  will  cause  caking  of  some  foods,  encourage  growth  of  bacteria  and  effect  quality  of  canned  goods.  

    -­‐  Humidity  should  be  50  to  60%,  if  it  exceeds  70%  cans  will  rust,               dehydrate  product  cake,  and  bacteria  and  mold  will  grow  

§ Be  well  maintained  and  lighted.  § Be  free  from  rodent  and  insect  infestations.  § Be  free  from  overhead  water  and  sewage  pipes  because  of  possible  leakage.  

 General  Recommendations  

§ Store  frequently  used  items  where  they  can  be  reached  easily.  § Stock  foods  of  the  same  kind  together  § Use  the  first  in,  first  out  method.    Always  move  the  older  stock  to  the  front  of  the  shelves  and  

put  new  stock  in  the  back.    It  is  all  a  good  idea  to  stamp  the  date  on  products  as  they  come  in.  § Cross-­‐stack  such  items  as  potatoes  and  flour  in  alternating  patterns  on  skids  or  racks.  § Store  food  away  from  the  wall  and  off  the  floor:  allow  air  circulation  around  the  product.  § Stack  food  as  high  as  ease  of  handling  permits.  § Store  heavier  items  close  to  the  floor  and  put  the  lightest  items  higher.  § Use  metal  shelving  that  is  adjustable:  dimensions  should  reflect  the  specific  space  

requirement  of  the  items  to  be  stored  on  or  under  them.  § Provide  separate  storage  rooms  for  items  that  give  off  fumes,  such  as  soaps  and  chemicals.  § Do  not  hang  wearing  apparel  in  the  storeroom.  

 Canned  And  Other  Hermetically  Sealed  Foods  (Airtight)  

§ Hermetically  sealed  foods  must  always  be  obtained  from  an  approved  commercial  cannery.  § Canned  foods  should  be  stored  at  room  temperatures,  but  higher  temperatures  must  be  

avoided.  § Stocks  must  be  rotated.  § Any  damaged,  blown,  or  swollen  cans  should  be  discarded.  § Cans  without  labels  must  not  be  used.  § Since  some  products  in  cans  or  glass  containers  require  refrigeration  care  should  be  taken  to  

read  the  instructions  on  the  labels.                

Page 146: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 146 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Refrigerated  Storage:  Storing  Perishable  Foods    Storage  Conditions  

§ Always  store  perishable  foods  first.  § Thermometers  should  be  placed  near  the  doors  of  the  refrigerator  where  they  can  be  easily  

seen  and  record  the  highest  temperature.  Perishable  foods  should  be  stores  at  4  degrees  Celsius  or  lower.  

§ Monitor  traffic  into  the  walk-­‐in  as  warm  air  entering  the  fridge  carries  more  moisture  than  cold  air.  This  extra  moisture  in  the  air  will  promote  spoilage.  Humidity  should  be  85%.  

§ Ensure  that  employees  collect  all  they  need  at  one  time  from  the  walk-­‐in.  § Take  advantage  of  small  storage  refrigerators  in  prep  areas.  § The  use  of  any  kind  of  lining  on  the  fridge  shelves  should  be  discouraged  for  it  decreases  air  

circulation  and  deters  regular  cleaning  procedures.  § Food  should  never  be  stored  on  fridge  floor.  § If  possible,  separate  refrigerators  should  be  used  for  dairy  products  and  eggs:  raw  meat  and  

poultry  (uncooked):  fresh  fruit  and  vegetables:  and  cooked  foods.  § Prepared  foods  must  be  stored  above  raw  foods  to  avoid  cross-­‐contamination.  An  example  of  

an  incorrect  procedure  would  be  raw  meat  above  cooked  chicken  because  blood  or  other  liquids  containing  millions  of  bacteria  could  drip  onto  the  cooked  chicken  and  contaminate  it.  

                                                 

Page 147: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 147 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Specific  Storage  &  Handling  Requirements  For  Perishables    Storage  Fresh  Meats,  Poultry  And  Seafood  

The  shelf  life  of  this  group  of  perishables  is  directly  related  to  the  amount  of  processing  they  receive  and  the  sanitation  practices  of  the  supplier  and  the  restaurant.  The  shelf  life  times  shown  in  exhibit  #1  are  very  important  as  a  guideline  in  assessing  the  effectiveness  of  the  storage  system  and  the  reliability  of  the  supplier.  

 Storing  Fresh  Fruits  and  Vegetables     The  goal  in  handling  produce  is  to  serve  as  FRESH  as  possible.    General  Guidelines  

ü Ensure  constant  surveillance  to  promote  rapid  turnover  of  the  stock.  ü Take  constant  care  to  protect  the  product  in  storage  from  bruising  and  rough  

handling.  ü Avoid  harmful  temperatures.  ü Limit  drying  or  excessive  moisture.  ü Packaging  

o Produce  needs  moisture  to  slow  down  the  loss  of  water  in  the  breathing  process  which  otherwise  results  in  wilting  however,  humidity  cannot  be  too  high  as  it  will  speed  up  decay.  Optimum  is  85-­‐80%,  thus,  avoid  crates  with  large  openings,  bushel  baskets  and  small  open  baskets.  Transfer  contents  of  any  of  these  containers  to  plastic  bags.  

§ Refrigeration  o 2  categories  of  produce  that  should  not  be  refrigerated:  

 § Produce  that  is  damaged  at  any  stage  of  ripeness  by  refrigeration.  (4C.)  These  are;  Bananas,  

Avocados,  Sweet  potatoes,  Cucumbers,  Eggplant,  Tomatoes,  Pumpkins,  Squash.  These  are  purchased  hard  ripe  and  must  be  allowed  time  to  ripen  before  serving.  Store  in  coolest  and  darkest  area  of  storeroom  for  ripening.  

§ Produce  that  can  be  refrigerated  but  requires  room  temperature  to  ripen.  These  are  peaches,  pears,  nectarines  and  pineapples.  

 Storing  Eggs  And  Dairy  Products      

Dairy  products  have  to  be  segregated,  as  they  are  highly  susceptible  to  odor  absorption.  If  it  is  possible,  dairy  products  should  be  stored  away  from  produce.  Exhibit  #2  illustrates  foods  that  give  off  and  absorb  odious.  This  will  be  used  as  a  guide  in  setting  up  storage  areas.  

 Organization  Of  Food  Groups  In  Refrigerated  Storage         Meat  in  coldest  area  (usually  back  of  walk-­‐in)       Produce  stored  in  front       Dairy  Products  are  stored  as  far  away  from  produce  as  possible       Cheese  and  Fats  are  placed  in  covered  containers  

Page 148: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 148 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

    Green  onion  and  Scallions  and  similar  items  should  be  bagged  Sanitation  Of  Storeroom  Areas    

§ Wash  refrigerators  daily;  rinse  with  sanitizing  solution.  This  prevents  contamination  of  new  foods.  Instruct  employees  to  wipe  up  spills  immediately.  

§ Place  thawing  meats  on  racks  above  pans  so  that  they  won't  drip  onto  the  floor  of  food  below.  

§ Remove  spilled  food  IMMEDIATELY.  § Sweep  storeroom  floors  daily.    

o Mop  the  floor  with  disinfectants  after  storing  foods.    o Wash  walls,  storage  shelves  and  storeroom  equipment  on  a  regular  basis  (bi-­‐weekly  

and  weekly).      A  competent  refrigeration  mechanic  should  periodically  check  compressors,  condensers  and  motors  of  both  refrigerators  and  freezers.    Rotation  of  Products    

As  boxes  are  delivered,  they  have  their  delivery  date  on  the  order  item  sticker  from  the  supplier.  Ensure  that  you  properly  rotate  your  products  following  the  First  In  First  Out  procedure  for  all  items  (perishable  and  non-­‐perishable)  

 When  storing,  new  boxes  are  placed  behind  older  unused  product  to  ensure  that  older  product  will  be  used  first.  

 Management  should  inspect  storage  areas  DAILY  to  determine  the  state  of  freshness  of  items  stored.  This  includes  giving  attention  to  product  dates  and  length  of  storage  time.  

 Frozen  Food  Storage  -­‐  Temperature:  -­‐18C  To  0C    

§ 0C  Only  used  to  hold  frozen  food  o  If  used  to  freeze  food,  then  freezing  takes  place  slowly,  therefore  there  is  excessive  

cellular  destruction  if  food.  § Store  frozen  food  immediately  after  delivery  as  fluctuations  in  temperature  causes  sharp  ice  

crystals  to  grow  and  damage  products.  § Allow  free  air  circulation  around  product.  § If  food  has  to  be  frozen  the  proper  procedure  is  to  use  freezer  wrap,  if  available,  (or  plastic  

bags  or  foil  wrap)  then  press  out  as  much  air  as  possible,  close  tightly,  label  and  date.  o Place  in  the  freezer  directly  on  a  shelf  o DO  NOT  PLACE  ON  TOP  OF  FROZEN  FOOD.  

o The  freezer  temperature  should  be  monitored  on  a  continuing  basis  and  if  the  freezer  should  break  down  the  temperature  of  the  food  should  be  taken;  if  it  is  higher  than  7C  and  thawed,  it  should  be  served  as  soon  as  possible  and  not  refrozen.  

                   

Page 149: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 149 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Food  Supply  And  Handling    Milk  And  Milk  Products  

o Should  be  pasteurized  o Milk  for  drinking  shall  be  in  single  service  containers  or  in  suitable  dispensing  

equipment.  o Both  these  items  must  be  refrigerated  at  4C  or  lower.  o Cheese  shall  be  kept  wrapped  or  covered  and  kept  ant  4C  or  lower.  o Gelato  and  frozen  desserts  shall  be  held  at  -­‐12C  or  lower  o Un-­‐served  gelato  or  frozen  desserts  must  be  discarded.  o Refrozen  gelato  or  desserts  must  be  discarded.  o Cream  and  milk  substitutes  are  subject  to  the  same  requirements  as  dairy  products.  

   Meat  And  Meat  Products  

§ All  fresh  meat  and  meat  products  must  be  refrigerated  at  4C  or  lower.  § Frozen  meat  and  frozen  meat  products  shall  be  held  frozen  at  -­‐18  or  lower.  § Defrost  frozen  meat  and  meat  products  in  a  refrigerator  at  4C  or  lower.  § Vacuum  packaged  meats  and  meat  products  must  never  be  refrozen.  § Cooked  meats  awaiting  use  shall  be:  § Held  hot  at  60C  or  higher  § Rapidly  cooled  and  held  at  4C  or  lower  for  no  more  than  72  hours.  § Quick  frozen  

o Canned  meats  should  be  stored  at  temperatures  less  than  21C.  o Vacuum  packaged  meats  shall  be  refrigerated  at  4C  or  lower  and  held  no  longer  than  18  

days.    o Frozen  vacuum  packaged  meats  should  be  processed  within  4  weeks  of  receipt.  o If  a  vacuum  package  becomes  broken  (with  fresh  or  frozen  produce)  it  must  be  used  

within  24  hours.      Fish  and  Fish  Products  

§ Fresh  fish  should  be  held  at  0C  or  lower  § Smoked  fish  shall  be  held  at  4C  or  lower.  § Frozen  fish  shall  be  held  solid  at  -­‐26C  § Defrosting  frozen  fish  must  be  under  refrigeration  at  4C.  § Canned  fish  or  fish  products  should  be  kept  at  temperatures  not  above  21C.  § Unused  contents  of  canned  fish  must  be  refrigerated  at  4C  and  used  within  24  hours.  § Cooked  fish  awaiting  use  shall  be:  

o Held  at  60C  or  higher  o Cooled  and  held  at  4C  or  lower  for  no  more  than  72  hours.  o Quick-­‐frozen  o Shell  Fish  and  Other  Marine  Edible  Foods  

§ Canned  products  must  be  stores  at  21C  or  lower.  § Cans  opened  and  not  used,  must  be  refrigerated  and  used  within  24  hours.  

Page 150: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 150 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Poultry  And  Poultry  Products  o Fresh  or  smoked  poultry  shall  be  held  under  refrigeration  at  4C  or  lower  for  a  time  not  

exceeding  72  hours.  o Frozen  poultry  shall  be  held  frozen  at  -­‐18C  or  lower.  o Frozen  poultry  may  be  defrosted  in  any  of  the  followings  ways:  o Under  refrigeration  o In  plastic  bags  in  cold  running  water  o Under  cold  running  water  in  a  container  not  used  for  other  purposes.  

§ Cooked  poultry  awaiting  use  shall  be:  § Held  at  60C  or  higher  § Cooled  at  4C  or  lower  for  no  more  than  72  hours  § Quick  frozen  and  held  solid  until  required.  § Raw  poultry  products  must  not  come  into  contact  with  cooked  poultry  products  because  of  

contamination  of  salmonella  bacteria.    § Poultry  should  be  cooked  until  the  internal  temperature  has  reached  82C  as  recorded  by  an  

insert-­‐type  thermometer  placed  deeply  under  the  drumstick.  § All  stuffing  or  dressing  shall  be  cooked  separately  from  the  poultry.  

   Eggs  And  Eggs  Products  

o Eggs  must  come  from  an  approved  source.  o Eggs  must  be  stored  at  4C  or  lower  and  frozen  eggs  at  -­‐18C  or  lower.  o Defrosted  whites  of  eggs  shall  be  used  within  5  day,  yolks  and  mixtures  within  3  days.  o Frozen  eggs  must  be  kept  in  their  original  containers.  o Dried  eggs  and  their  products  shall  be  stored  at  temperatures  of  21C  or  lower.  o Dried  egg  products  must  not  be  transferred  from  their  original  containers  and  must  be  

used  within  7  days  of  opening.  o Reconstituted  dried  egg  products  must  be  used  immediately  and  only  for  baking.  o Cracked  eggs  shall  not  be  purchased.  

   Fruit  And  Vegetables  -­‐  Fresh  And  Processed  

§ The  use  of  over-­‐ripe  produce  should  be  avoided.  § All  fresh  fruit  and  vegetables  shall  be  stored  at  temperatures  between  4C  and  10C  to  retain  

maximum  quality.  § All  fresh  fruit  and  vegetables  must  be  washed  and  spray  rinsed  thoroughly  before  use.  § Fresh  fruit  and  vegetables  must  not  be  stored  in  plastic  bags  unless  they  are  ventilated.  § It  is  suggested  that  long-­‐term  storage  for  potatoes  be  at  4C  or  lower  and  they  will  not  be  

exposed  to  sunlight.  § Handling  and  storage  areas  for  fruit  and  vegetables  will  be  kept  separate  from  other  food  

handling  areas.  § Storage  areas  must  be  emptied  and  cleaned  at  least  once  a  week  with  proper  attention  to  

insect  control.  § Frozen  fruits,  vegetables,  juices,  and  products  shall  be  held  at  -­‐18C  or  lower  until  used.  

Page 151: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 151 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

§ Defrosting  frozen  fruits  and  vegetables  and  their  products  should  be  under  refrigeration  at  4C.  

§ Defrosted  products  should  be  used  within  48  hours.  § Canned  fruit,  vegetables,  and  juices  should  be  kept  at  temperatures  of  21C  or  lower.  § Once  a  seal  is  broken  on  a  can,  it  must  be  refrigerated  at  4C  or  lower  and  used  within  72  

hours.  § Cooked  fruit  and  vegetables,  if  not  used  at  once,  should  be:  § Refrigerated  at  4C  or  lower  for  up  to  48  hour  § Quick  frozen  and  held  at  -­‐18C  or  lower  until  needed.  

   Fats  And  Oils              

o Fats  and  oils  shall  be  held  in  original  container  or  in  suitable  approved  bulk  storage  at  temperatures  recommended.  

o Fats  for  frying  shall  be  kept  clean  and  free  from  food  particles  and  should  be  refrigerated  at  4C  or  lower.  

o Since  chemical  deterioration  of  fats  and  oils  can  create  a  fire  hazard  and  also  become  rancid,  used  fats  and  oils  should  be  discarded  frequently,  based  on  tests  and  consultation  with  the  manufacturers.  

o Rendered  fats  prepared  on  the  premises  shall  be  chilled  rapidly  and  held  under  refrigeration  at  4C  or  lower.  

o Rancid  fat  should  be  discarded.  o Non-­‐edible  oils  used  for  heating,  lubrication,  etc.  shall  be  stores  in  clearly  marked  

containers  in  designated  areas  away  from  food  preparation  areas.      Bakery  Products  

§ All  bakery  products  shall  be  prepared  with  the  foodservice  operation  purchased  from  an  approved  source.  

§ Custards,  cream  filled  or  edible  oil  simulated  filled  bakery  products  are  potentially  hazardous  foods  and:  

§ Shall  be  made  with  a  minimum  of  manual  contact  § Shall  be  made  on  clean  surfaces  or  with  utensils  that  are  sanitized  § All  fillings  and  puddings  shall  be  refrigerated  at  4C  or  lower,  in  shallow  pans,  immediately  

after  cooking  or  preparation  and  held  until  combined  into  pastries  being  served.  § All  completed  custards  or  cream  filled  baking  products  and  those  with  edible  oil  simulated  

fillers  shall,  unless  served  immediately  following  filling,  be  refrigerated  at  4C  or  lower.  Such  products  must  not  be  stored  and  longer  than  48  hours.  

             

Page 152: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 152 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Food  Mixtures  Prepared  At  A  Foodservice  Operation  § Mixtures  may  be  combinations  of  prepared  foods,  with  dressings,  mayonnaise,  mild  based  

sauces,  or  other  approved  stuffs.  § Components  of  mixtures  should  be  kept  separate  and  mixing  done  as  close  as  possible  to  the  

planned  time  of  use.  § All  utensils  used  in  the  preparation,  handling,  or  storage  of  mixtures  of  foods  must  be  

sanitized  before  each  use  and  maintained  in  a  clean  condition.  § Mixtures  containing  poultry,  eggs,  meat,  fish,  or  other  potentially  hazardous  foods  shall  be  

held  at  4C  or  lower  for  no  more  than  36  hours.  § Hot  mixtures  containing  potentially  hazardous  components  shall  be  cooked  at  60C  or  higher  

and  be  held  at  this  temperature  until  served.  § Leftover  portions  shall  be  chilled  rapidly  in  one  hour  or  less  to  an  internal  temperature  of  4C  

or  lower  and  used  within  24  hours  § Freshly  made  mixtures  may  be  quick  frozen  and  held  frozen  until  required.  

                                                             

Page 153: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 153 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Examples  Of  Types  Of  Food-­‐Borne  Illnesses    Salmonella  

§ Comes  from  Raw  poultry,  pork  and  feces  of  infected  humans  § Incubation  period  is  6-­‐72  hours,  usually  18-­‐36  hours  § Symptoms  are  fever,  abdominal  pain,  diarrhea,  nausea,  vomiting  and  dehydration  §  Implicated  foods  are  poultry,  meat,  milk,  egg,  shellfish,  puddings  and  gravies  § Factors  that  contribute  to  an  outbreak  are:  inadequate  refrigeration,   holding  foods  at  room  

temperature,  inadequate  cooking  and  reheating,  preparing  foods  several  hours  before  serving,  cross  contamination,  inadequate  cleaning  of  equipment,  infected  worker  touching  cooked  foods,     obtaining  foods  from  contaminated  sources.  

 Staphylococcal  

§ Comes  from  Noses,  skin  and  lesions  of  infected  humans  and  Intoxication  animals  § Incubation  period  is  1-­‐8  hours  § Symptoms  are  severe  nausea,  vomiting,  cramps,  usually  diarrhea  § Implicated  foods  are  ones  high  in  protein,  custards,  cream  filled  baked  goods,  ham,  poultry,  

meat  products,  potato  and  other  salads.  § Factors  that  contribute  to  an  outbreak  are:  inadequate  refrigeration,  workers  touching  

cooked  foods,  preparing  foods  several  hours  before  serving,  working  with  infection  such  as  cuts,  acne,  abrasions  containing  pus,  holding  foods  at  warm  temperatures.  

 Botulism  

1. Comes  from  spores  found  in  soil  and  fish    2. Incubation  period  is  2-­‐3  days  3. Symptoms  are  visual  difficulty,  dry  mouth,  sore  throat,  difficult  swallowing,  speaking,  

breathing,  vomiting,  abdominal  pain,  headache,  and  progressive  respiratory  paralysis,  sometimes  fatal    

4. Implicated  foods  are  improperly  processed  foods,  usually  low  acid  foods,  fish,  mushrooms,  corn,  beets,  spinach,  smoked  meats,  peas  and  beans  

5. Factors  that  contribute  to  an  outbreak  are:  Inadequate  heat  processing  of  canned  and  vacuum  packaged  goods,  inadequate  cooking  of  canned  foods.  

 Hepatitis  A  

§ Comes  from  feces,  urine,  blood  of  infected  humans  § Incubation  period  is  10-­‐50  days  § Symptoms  are  fever,  malaise,  nausea,  abdominal  pain,  jaundice    § Implicated  foods  are  shellfish,  raw  oysters,  clams,  milk,  sliced  meats,  and  water  § Factors  that  contribute  to  an  outbreak  are:  Infected  workers  touching  food,  poor  

personal  hygiene,  inadequate  cooking,  harvesting  of  shellfish  from  contaminated  waters,  inadequate  sewage  disposal  

       

Page 154: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 154 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Food  Bourne  Illness  Procedure    

o Food  Bourne  Illnesses  (FBI)  are  rare,  but  should  be  treated  very  seriously.    If  you  happen  to  get  a  FBI  complaint,  please  follow  these  steps  below:  

 o 3  A’s  of  customer  complaints.  Acknowledge  the  situation,  Apologize  for  their  sickness,  

Act  by  having  them  fill  out  the  form  and  conducting  an  internal  investigation.    Tell  the  customer  that  the  form  will  be  faxed  to  Health  Services  and  they  will  conduct  an  investigation.        

 o Conduct  internal  investigation  of  product  in  question:  First  try  all  products  in  question  

on-­‐line,  then  in  the  walk-­‐in  cooler.    Assess  its  state  and  act  accordingly  (Use  the  Food  Quality  Checklist)  

 o Investigate  in  house  tools;  check  prep  chart  for  last  time  prepped  and  assess  the  usages.  

Check  order  guide  for  last  time  ordered.      

o Fill  in  ‘Manager  on  Duty’  portion  of  FBI  form  and  fax  full  form  to  Health  Services  and  to  Head  Office.      

 o Follow  up  with  Health  Board  on  their  investigation.      

   When  an  FBI  is  reported,  Health  Services  do  their  own  investigation  into  the  food  questioned  and  symptoms  that  are  reported.    If  they  find  that  they  do  coincide,  then  they  come  in  store  to  do  an  investigation  of  food  handling.    Ensure  that  your  food  handling  procedures  are  being  followed  and  that  your  cooling  units  are  at  temperature.    

To  be  both  proactive  and  cautious,  it  is  critical  that  the  manager  on  duty  completes  the  Food  Quality  Checklist  every  single  day  to  ensure  that  our  food  

quality  is  to  both  safety  and  service  standards.                          

Page 155: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 155 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Famoso  Allergy  Procedure    Purpose  

To  ensure  that  any  guest  with  an  allergy  concern  is  taken  care  of,  and  there  is  no  risk  of  an  allergic  reaction.  

Materials  § Allergy  guide  posted  in  server  binder,  or  at  the  bar  and  posted  in  the  back  of  house.  § Sauce  and  Dressing  ingredient  list  in  server  binder,  or  at  the  bar  and  posted  in  the  back  of  house.  

§ Two  clearly  marked  allergy  peels,  to  only  be  used  for  allergy  orders.    These  peels  should  be  washed  and  sanitized  right  after  use.  

Procedure  1. Guest  expresses  any  allergy  or  strict  dietary  concerns.    2. Sever  to  add  the  allergy  modifier,  under  Kitchen/Bar  Modifiers,  to  the  bill.  3. Server  to  let  manager  know  about  the  allergy  concern.  4. Pizzaiolos  to  prompt  manager  to  give  ok  on  starting  bill.  5. Manager  to  talk  to  the  guest  to  determine:  specifics  of  the  guest’s  allergy  and  which  items  

are  affected  by  the  allergy.    The  manager  then  explains  that  food  will  take  longer  as  it  will  be  made  in  a  separate  sanitized  area  to  avoid  cross-­‐contamination.  

6. Manager  to  check  all  ingredients  of  items  that  are  affected  by  the  allergy  for  possible  ingredients  that  will  cause  an  allergic  reaction.  

7. Manager  can  then  give  the  go  ahead  to  the  pizzaiolos  to  make  the  bill.  8. Pizzaiolo  to  wash  and  sanitizer  his/her  work  area  and  put  on  a  fresh  pair  of  gloves.  9. Pizzaiolos  to  make  the  items  in  the  back,  with  all  products  from  the  walk-­‐in  cooler  or  dry  

storage.    And  all  items  have  to  put  on  an  allergy  peel.    Don’t  forget  to  make  allergy  flatbread  for  any  salads  or  appy’s.  

10. Once  items  are  made,  if  anything  has  to  go  into  the  oven,  the  stone  has  to  be  cleaned  before  doing  so.  

11. Allergy  items  should  be  the  first  items  into  the  oven,  and  the  first  out  to  avoid  cross  contamination.  

12. Once  items  are  in  the  oven,  metal  peel  and  pizza  cutter  need  to  be  washed  and  sanitized  before  items  are  ready  to  be  pulled  out.  

13. If  any  fresh  toppings  or  garnish  are  needed  product  has  to  come  from  the  walk-­‐in  cooler.  14. Once  allergy  items  are  ran  to  table  the  manager  should  be  informed  again,  so  that  he/she  

can  do  a  quality  check  for  that  table.    All  allergies  are  to  be  handled  by  above  procedure,  unless  guest  gives  express  permission  to  make  the  items  on  line.    Managers  do  not  have  the  authority  to  judge  how  serious  a  guest’s  allergy  is.            

Page 156: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 156 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

         

Chapter  11  Restaurant  Guidelines  

Page 157: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 157 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Patio  Launch  

Every  location  will  receive  a  Patio  Launch  prompt  from  their  Regional  Manager  at  least  6  weeks  before  the  patio  launch  date  to  ensure  that  stores  are  planning  and  preparing  to  open  for  a  successful  patio  season.  

Open  Date  Regional  managers  will  specify  the  Regional  Patio  Launch  dates.  The  first  patio  opening  date  is  dependent  on  the  weather,  but  to  ensure  that  we  maximize  the  potential  of  your  patio  season’s  sales,  we  set  an  opening  date  to  ensure  your  location  is  ready  to  go  no  later  than  this  date.    RMs  will  send  the  Patio  SETUP  Instructions,  Checklist  And  Sign  Off  (on  next  page).  RMS  will  arrange  to  formally  receive  and  sign  off  patio  opens  are  needed.  The  checklist  is  meant  to  ensure  that  every  location  is  set  up  and  ready  for  their  patio  launch.  

Patio  Opening  Process  

§ RMs  will  send  the  Patio  Launch  Information  &  Checklist  § Every  GM  is  required  to  complete  their  Patio  Set  Up  Checklist  once  their  patios  are  ready  to  

go  § GMs  will  then  notify  their  Regional  Manager  § RMs  will  follow  up  on  the  already  completed  Patio  Checklist  to  ensure  that  your  patio  is  

100%  set  up  for  success  

Although  your  Regional  Manager  will  be  sending  your  locations  the  Patio  Launch  information,  opening  your  patio  is  your  process  and  responsibility.  Ensure  that  as  a  management  team,  you  delegate  tasks  and  work  together  to  ensure  that  your  patio  open  is  as  organized  and  seamless  as  possible.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 158: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 158 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Famoso  Spring/Summer  Patio  SETUP  Instructions,  Checklist  &  Sign  off  

Location:  ___________________  

This  is  meant  as  a  guide  when  setting  up  your  patio  for  the  Spring  &  Summer.  The  following  items  apply  to  ALL  stores:  

Tables  And  Chairs  

§ If  in  Storage,  bring  back  to  the  store  §  Check  to  ensure  that  all  chairs  are  all  in  great  condition  (no  rips,  no  tears,  no  stains,  not  

broken)  § Check  to  ensure  that  all  tables  are  in  great  condition  (legs  are  in  great  condition,  table  

bases  are  in  great  condition,  table  tops  are  in  perfect  condition)  § Wipe  down  and  setup  as  per  your  locations  floor  plan  

Heat  Lamps  

§ If  in  Storage,  bring  back  to  the  store  § Check  to  ensure  they  are  in  good  working  order  § Wipe  down  and  place  on  patio  § Start  up  gas  lines  (if  applicable)  § Fill  propane  tanks  (if  applicable)  § Un-­‐winterize  heat  lamps  and  un-­‐cover    

Turn  On  Patio  Power  (If  Applicable)  

§ Turn  on  outlet  breakers  § Check  to  ensure  all  lights  are  in  great  condition  (no  broken  lights  or  bulbs)  § Change  all  burnt  out  light  bulbs  

Sound  System  

§ Turn  on  source  equipment  power  § Un-­‐cover  speakers  (make  sure  they  are  dry!!!)  § Check  to  ensure  all  speakers  are  in  great  condition  (clean,  all  work)  Make  sure  to  actually  

listen  to  each  speaker  to  ensure  sound  is  coming  out  of  each  one.  § Check  to  ensure  all  lights  are  in  great  condition  (no  broken  lights  or  bulbs)  § Change  all  burnt  out  light  bulbs  

Patio  Cleanliness  &  Set  Up  

§ Patio  Floors  are  clean  (recommend  pressure  washing  the  floors)  § Glass  windows/glass  partitions  are  clean  § Contact  your  Pest  control  rep  to  ensure  they  adjust  for  patio  season  (setting  traps  for  

patio  bugs  and  rodents)  § All  patio  opening,  changeover  and  closing  checklists  are  up  to  date,  printed  and  

Page 159: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 159 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

laminated  § Menu  holders  are  in  pristine  condition  (numbers  are  on  the  menu  holders,  clean)  § Change  all  burnt  out  light  bulbs  

Patio  Pars  

§ Glassware  pars  are  increased  to  adjust  for  more  seating  (if  needed)  § Plate-­‐ware  and  cutlery  pars  are  increased  to  adjust  for  more  seating  (if  needed)  § Food  and  beverage  pars  are  updated  based  on  patio  open  projections  (if  needed)  § Dry  goods  pars  increased  (napkins,  Togo  boxes,  etc…)  § Ensure  you  have  enough  pencils  to  support  the  patio  

 

Completed  Date:  ___________________  

General  Manager:  ___________________  

Regional  Manager:  ___________________  

 

 

             

 

Page 160: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 160 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Patio  Maintenance  And  Operations  

Patio  dining  is  about  the  total  patio  experience.  A  great  patio  experience  isn’t  simply  the  best  food,  but  about  patios  that  provide  the  appropriate  atmosphere  for  relaxing  with  friends  in  the  sun  (or  shade).  It  doesn’t  mean  that  food  isn’t  important,  as  it  is  always  a  priority,  but  it  isn’t  the  only  Top  priority  for  our  guests.  

If  you  want  a  patio  that  guests  deem  as  one  of  their  favorite  spots  to  hang  out  in  the  summer,  create  a  patio  that  will  make  guests  want  to  bring  back  their  friends  to  enjoy  the  food,  service  and  addictive  atmosphere.  

Decor  Adding  plants  or  even  small  shrubs  or  trees  is  a  great  way  to  spice  up  your  patio  and  make  sure  that  everyone  feels  comfortable  and  relaxed  in  a  well  decorate  environment.  

Patio  Heaters  

§ Make  sure  that  your  patio  heaters  are  always  working  § Ensure  that  every  manager  knows  how  to  light  the  patio  heaters  § Ensure  that  every  server  knows  how  to  light  the  patio  heaters  § Ensure  that  when  the  patio  heaters  are  turned  off,  the  gas  line  is  also  closed  § Ensure  if  a  patio  heater  breaks  down,  that  you  apply  immediate  urgency  to  get  it  repaired.  If  your  patio  is  cold  and  there  is  no  heat,  this  will  deter  guests  from  wanting  to  sit  on  your  patio    

Patio  Umbrellas  § Ensure  that  you  have  enough  umbrellas  and  umbrella  stands  when  preparing  your  patio  

plans  § Ensure  that  all  servers  and  managers  know  the  proper  umbrella  placement  on  your  patios.  

This  is  to  ensure  that  you  can  provide  shade  throughout  the  patio  instead  of  1  or  2  shade  clusters  on  your  patio  

§ Ensure  that  your  umbrellas  are  closed  when  it  is  windy.  This  will  ensure  that  your  umbrellas  do  not  break  or  fly  away  in  the  wind.  

§ Ensure  that  you  umbrellas  are  not  opened  near  patio  heaters  or  they  will  catch  on  fire.  § Ensure  that  your  umbrella  bases  and  umbrellas  are  cleaned  and  well  maintained  throughout  

the  entire  patio  season.    Patio  Cleanliness  

§ Ensure  that  your  patio  is  cleaned  and  well  maintained  all  the  time.  § Ensure  that  patio  cleanliness  checklists  are  rolled  out  for  the  staff  to  begin  following  from  

the  Patio  Launch  date  through  to  the  Patio  Closure  date    

Patio  Operations  § It  is  the  Famoso  company  standard  to  open  the  patio  when  the  temperature  outside  is  15  

degrees  and  nicer.  § The  patio  must  be  set  up  every  single  day  through  the  entire  patio  season  

 

Page 161: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 161 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Patio  Closures  And  Winterizing  

It  is  important  to  take  advantage  of  every  nice  patio  day  through  to  the  cold  season.  People  remember  who  had  their  patios  open  and  it  will  boost  your  sales  through  to  next  patio  season  if  you  take  advantage  of  every  possible  patio  day.  It  sets  the  precedence  for  a  patio  driven  brand  for  next  year.  

Closure  Date  Regional  managers  will  specify  the  Regional  Patio  Closure  dates.  The  last  patio  closure  date  is  dependent  on  the  weather,  but  to  ensure  that  we  maximize  the  potential  of  your  patio  season’s  sales,  we  set  a  closure  date  to  ensure  that  all  locations  are  open  up  to  a  certain  day  to  keep  our  market’s  consistent.    You  may  keep  your  patio  open  past  the  specified  date  but  may  not  close/winterize  your  patio  before  this  date.  

Patio  Closing  Process  

§ Make  sure  that  your  location  has  a  storage  plan  for  all  your  patio  furniture  and  equipment § Make  sure  that  you  clean  everything  before  it  is  taken  to  storage § Make  sure  that  you  arrange  a  good  cleaning  of  your  patio  once  everything  has  been  removed.

o Recommend  have  your  patio  pressure  washed.  Guests  will  still  see  your  patios,  as  most  patios  are  right  by  the  entrance  and/or  parking  lot.

§ Make  sure  your  monitor  your  pars.  Although  usages  will  decrease  in  some  locations,  this  might  not  apply  to  your  location.  Some  locations  have  experienced  an  increase  in  sales.  

Ensure  that  you  are  set  up  for  success  through  to  the  end  of  your  patio  season  leading  up  to  the  patio  shut  down.  It  is  very  important  that  the  shut  down  process  is  as  seamless,  organized  and  clean  as  possible  so  that  we  do  not  affect  our  guest  experiences.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 162: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 162 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Guest  Feedback  Letters  

Guest  feedback  is  a  valuable  tool.  We  must  use  this  tool,  as  it  is  a  specific  measure  of  operations  opportunities  that  guests  may  have  experienced  in  your  location  that  you  can  now  take  and  directly  influence  positively  for  all  guests  moving  forward.  When  your  location  receives  guest  feedback  the  GM  should  review  the  guest  bulletin  with  every  server,  pizzaiolo  and  manager  to  ensure  that  all  execution  opportunities  are  addressed  and  goals  are  set  to  avoid  the  same  opportunities  from  reoccurring  in  your  business.    The  best  way  to  avoid  negative  guest  feedback  is  to  ensure  that  it  all  guest  experience  opportunities  are  handled  by  the  key  manager  working  that  shift  to  ensure  that  every  guest  leaves  happy  and  taken  care  of.  No  matter  how  many  times  a  server  apologizes  and  how  well  they  take  care  of  a  guest,  the  manager  must  make  sure  they  leave  an  appreciative  impression  on  the  table.  As  a  management  team,  work  with  pizzaiolos  and  servers  to  emphasize  the  importance  of  well-­‐rounded  guest  experiences  through  guest  experience  awareness.  Developing  the  servers  to  ensure  they  are  able  to  identify  when  a  guest  is  frustrated  so  the  guest  does  not  have  to  get  up  from  the  table  to  seek  out  anyone  or  anything  during  their  visit.  Sometimes  a  regular  guest  might  have  very  casually  mentioned  there  is  a  possible  delay  with  their  food  or  drinks  and  that  it’s  no  big  deal.  Think  when  you  go  out,  as  a  manager  in  this  industry  you  are  probably  much  more  patient  and  understanding  and  have  a  nicer  tone  with  the  staff  and  managers  when  making  a  complaint.  We  need  to  make  sure  that  we  are  listening  for  even  the  slightest  opportunity  to  not  just  take  care  of  the  guest,  but  to  exceed  their  expectations.  This  will  ensure  we  work  diligently  in  store,  to  avoid  negative  guest  feedback  letters.    When  you  do  receive  guest  feedback,  get  the  information  down  to  your  staff  and  management.  Don’t  jump  on  the  defense.  Use  the  feedback  to  improve  your  offense.  Remember,  it  is  always  better  to  be  busy  than  be  right.    

Guest  Bulletin  

Your  location’s  Regional  Manager  will  send  your  GM  and  your  store  a  Guest  Bulletin  with  the  recent  Guest  feedback  on  it  for  you  to  post  in  your  staff  area  and  review  with  your  management  team  and  staff.  

§ Post  the  guest  bulletin  in  your  staff  postings  area  § Review  the  Guest  Bulletin  in  pre  shifts  to  impact  future  guest  visits  

 Guest  Feedback  Form     Your  location’s  Regional  Manager  will  send  you  a  Feedback  Form  updated  with  the  recent  Guest  feedback  opportunities.  

§ The  GM  of  your  location  must  complete  the  feedback  form  and  send  it  back  by  the  requested  date  on  the  Guest  feedback  email  that  is  sent  to  your  store.  

   

Page 163: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 163 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

There  are  3  potential  areas  that  could  have  broke  down  that  would  have  caused  the  guest  to  have  to  go  home  and  submit  their  feedback  through  [email protected]  In  the  Action  Plan  And  Commitments  section  of  the  Guest  Feedback  Form,  please  identify  what  caused  the  breakdown,  which  caused  the  guest  to  complain,  and  what  your  committed  action  plan  is  to  ensure  the  same  opportunities  do  not  happen  again.  

§ Was  It  A  Care  Issue  o Did  the  breakdown  occur  because  a  staff  member  did  not  act  on  the  guest’s  

complaint?  ü I.E.  a  server  didn’t  apply  urgency  to  the  guests  feedback  and  did  not  

let  a  manager  know  o Did  the  breakdown  occur  because  a  staff  member’s  poor  attitude  affected  

their  performance,  which  negatively  affected  the  guest  experience?  ü I.E.  a  pizzaiolo  working  on  line  was  slowing  everyone  down  because  

they  were  messing  around  and  caused  a  delay  in  the  kitchen.  ü I.E.  a  server  went  on  a  smoke  break  while  they  were  responsible  for  

this  table  and  didn’t  let  a  manager  or  another  staff  member  know  to  step  in  to  ensure  the  guests  were  taken  care  of.  

§ Was  It  A  Training  Issue  o Did  the  breakdown  occur  because  of  a  breakdown  in  training?  

ü I.E.  a  new  toppings  pizzaiolos  didn’t  see  a  modification  which  caused  a  remake  delayed  the  guests  food  bill  time  

ü I.E.  Bartender  needs  more  training  on  specs  or  speed  ü I.E.  Floor  server  didn’t  give  a  proper  table  introduction  to  the  table  

so  guests  weren’t  aware  of  features.  § Was  It  A  System  Breakdown  

o Did  the  breakdown  occur  because  of  a  system  that  wasn’t  followed?  § I.E.  Guest  was  upset  because  they  had  to  get  up  to  pay  after  their  

experience  because  the  server  was  available  and/or  didn’t  bring  the  terminal  to  the  table.  

§ I.E.  Veteran  server  use  an  ipad  and  made  an  error.  § I.E.  Issue  with  take  out  time.  Store  wasn’t  using  or  implementing  the  

take  out  tracker.  

       

Page 164: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 164 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Complaint/Feedback  Form    Feedback  date:             Date  of  Visit:            Store  location:                                              Operations  Manager:              Store  GM:              Issues  At  Hand  From  Email:              Possible  Reasons  For  These  Issues:                    ACTION  PLAN  AND  COMMITMENTS:  *CARE  ISSUE:            *TRAINING  ISSUE:              *SYSTEM  BREAKDOWN:              General  feedback/discussion  points:  

Page 165: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 165 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

       

       

Chapter  12  Cash  Manual  

Page 166: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 166 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Famoso  Cash  Manual    Open/  Shift  Change/Close  Cash-­‐Out  Detailed  Procedures    Open  (Estimated  Time  30  Mins)  

§ Get  all  materials  from  safe  (Day  &  Night  Cash,  Petty  Cash,  Tips,  Overages,  deposit  bag  and  slips.)  

§ Calculate  Deposit  from  End  of  Day  Cash-­‐out.  § Take  out  both  Cash  Out  sheets  (Day  &  Night  Servers’),  add  the  2  deposits  together,  and  verify  

that  the  total  is  equal  to  the  amount  you  entered  into  the  “POS  Calc/declared  (cash)”  § If  the  deposits  do  NOT  add  up  to  the  same  amount  but  the  DRS  balances  at  $0.00  then  at  least  

1  of  the  servers’  deposits  is  incorrect.  Make  sure  to  verify  the  servers’  deposits  (POS  Calc/Declared  on  the  –  Debit/Credit  Total)  

§ Double  check  that  the  servers  have  actually  put  aside  the  dollar  amount  they  claimed  to  have  deposited  

   

**Note**  If  the  day  or  night  deposit  is  short  or  over,  please  adjust.    Remember  to  always  follow  Provincial  Labor  Standards.      

§ Consolidate  the  deposits  into  one  but  do  not  seal  in  the  deposit  bag  yet  as  you  may  want  to  exchange  some  of  the  bills  from  the  tills  for  different  denominations  

§ Enter  sales  data  into  the  DRS  sheet  of  the  P&L.  (Make  sure  to  use  end  of  days  sales  which  should  have  been  printed  by  night  manager.)  

o “Head  Office  Promo”  and  “Store  Promo”  are  found  in  the  “Coupons”  section  of  the  POS’s  End  of  Day  Report  

o Petty   Cash   is   any   payout   receipts   that  were   in   the   till,   and   are   being  moved   to  receipt  folder  for  entry  into  the  Invoice  Journal.  

o “Tender”  can  be  found  by:  § Manually  add  up  the  totals  for  MasterCard,  AMEX,  Visa,  from  the  Credit  Debit  Handhelds  End  

of  Day  reports  § For  Gift  Cards  add  up  the  totals  from  the  handheld  credit/debit  machines,  and  then  add  the  

Gift  Card  Sales  total  from  the  POS  End  of  Day  Cash-­‐out.  o “POS  Calc/declared   (cash)”   is   the  amount  of   cash   that  was   received  and   is   to  be  

deposited.  To  formula  to  calculate  the  cash  deposit  is:  o “POS   Cal/Declared”   on   the   POS’s   End   of   Day   (about   2/3   of   the   way   down   the  

report)  minus  the  total  Debits  and  Credits  

   

Page 167: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 167 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

o Make  sure  that  the  balance  at  the  bottom  of  the  DRS  is  $0.00  • Confirm  Day  and  night  Cash-­‐out  by  ensuring  deposit   is   correct   and   till   is  

balanced  to  $400.  • Starting   with   the   day   till,   go   over   all   promos.   Make   sure   that   all   of   the  

receipts   for   coupons   and   promos   add   up   to   the   amount   recorded   on   the  POS   summary   and   that   they   have   all   been   recorded   properly   on   the  server’s  cash  out  sheet.    

§ Count  the  entire  till.  The  easiest  and  surest  way  to  do  this  is  to  make  sure  that  the  dollar  amount  that  you  count  is  the  same  as  what  the  server  counted  for  every  denomination  (don’t  forget  rolls  and  payout  receipts)    

§ Take  out  any  and  all  overages/  replenish  any  shortages.  § Set  up  the  till  so  that  it  has  a  sufficient  amount  of  $  in  every  denomination.  

o For  a  $400  till  a  good  way  of  setting  it  up  is:  ü 3  x  $20  =  $100  ü 8  x  $10  =  $80  ü 20  x  $5  =  $100  ü 1  of  each  roll  =  $92  ü The  rest  of  $  in  coin  

 **Note**  If  you  do  not  have  enough  of  any  bill  to  properly  set  up  the  tills,  buy  some  from  the  deposit  or  Petty  Cash    

§ Put  all  coupons  that  have  been  redeemed  to  the  side  (store  specific,  Groupon,  and  HO  coupons).  

§ Take  any  payout  receipts  and  enter  into  DRS  in  Petty  Cash  row.  § Re-­‐count  deposit,  confirm  that  cash  balances.    § Recount  your  deposit  (if  you  have  changed  it  at  all)  and  make  sure  that  it  is  still  the  correct  

amount    § Record  your  deposit  in  the  deposit  book  with  the  following  procedure:  

o Put  the  cash-­‐out  day’s  date  on  the  right-­‐hand  side  &  your  initial  next  to  it  o Write  down  the  denominations  that  you  are  depositing  on  the  right-­‐hand  side  below  

the  date  o Write  the  total  amount  of  money  being  deposited  in  the  two  places  that  say  “Cash  

Subtotal”  as  well  as  at  the  very  bottom  where  it  says  “Deposit  Total”  o Put  the  Deposit  slip  in  the  correct  section  of  the  deposit  bag.  o Put  all  cash  in  the  deposit  bag  o Make  sure  all  faces  are  aligned  and  larger  bills  are  in  the  back  o Roll  the  bag  up  to  remove  excess  air  o Record  the  date  and  deposit  total  on  the  removable  slip  at  the  top  of  the  bag  o Remove  slip  and  seal  all  sections  of  the  bag  

Page 168: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 168 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

o Fold  slip  in  half  and  staple  to  the  matching  page  of  the  deposit  book  so  that  the  bag  number  is  visible  

• Combine  all  receipts  (not  physical  coupons)  and  bundle.  • Track  coupons  

ü Track  store  specific  Gift  Certificate  in  your  store  specific  LCM  tracker  workbook  

ü Place  receipt  bundle  in  Rubbermaid  container.  ü Place  Head  Office  coupons  into  head  office  pencil  case.  ü Place  store  coupons  into  store  coupon  pencil  case.  

• Count  both  tills  to  confirm  $400.  ü Sell  any  receipts  to  petty  cash  and  fill  out  balance  sheet.  

• Place  any  overages  in  over  short  and  fill  out  balance  sheet.  • Recount  petty  cash  and  fill  out  balance  sheet.  • Give  Day  till  to  the  opening  server  • Record  opening  movie  ticket  balance.  

   

Page 169: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 169 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Shift  Change  (Estimated  time  30  mins)    

§ Discount  all  bills  (Day  Manager).  § Make  night  floor  plan.  (Night  Manager)  § Combine  tills  into  till  #1  (Day  Server).  § Get  tips  ready  (sell  coin  to  tills)  (Day  Server).  § Give  night  float  to  Night  Till  server  to  count  (Night  Manager).  § Confirm  night  till  is  $400  (Night  Server).  § Sign  out  all  tills  from  Day  Server,  besides  till  #1.  (Day  Manager).  § Print  2  copies  Global  Reports  on  all  terminals  (Day  Manager).  

a) Press  the  far  right  bottom  button.  (Right  above  the  3  keys).  b) Press  Employee  Reports  c) Press  Totals  Report    

§ Global  Payment  Devices  § Pound    (#)  § Admin  name  1  enter  § Admin  password  –  12345677f  –  enter  § 0  –  reports  menu;  1  –  server  menu  § 2  –  summary  for  all  § 1-­‐  print  § Place  one  copy  of  the  Day  Global  Reports  into  the  Night  till.  (Day  Manager)  § Clock  in  Night  Server  on  Till  #2  (Night  Server)  § Let  all  servers  know  that  they  have  changed  over  to  night  till.  (Night  Manager).  § On  Till  #1  transfer  all  open  tables  to  the  Night  Server  (Day  Manager).  § On  Till#1  print  cash-­‐out  for  Day  Server  (Day  Manager).  § On  Till  #1  clock  out  Day  Server  (Day  Manager).  § Do  blind  count  of  Day  till  (Day  Manager).  § Complete  Day  cash-­‐out  (Day  Server).  § Fill  out  all  coupons  and  make  sure  total  matches.  § Add  both  debit  terminal  totals,  and  subtract  POS  calc  declared  to  get  day  deposit.  Count  

deposit  and  break  it  down  on  cash  sheet.    § Count  till  to  ensure  it  balanced  to  $400.  ***  If  till  doesn’t  balance  recount  total  till  and  

ensure  correct  math  is  done.  If  still  not  balanced  check  and  ensure  tips  are  accurate.  Servers  could  have  possibly  taken  out  to  much  money.  

§ Do  up  tips  (Day  Server).  § Adjust  all  employees  sign  in/out  times  (Day  Manager).  § Record  Day  Bill  Times  on  Manager  Clipboard  (Day  Manager).  § Record  Day  Server  and  Pizzaiolo  labor  and  productivity  on  Manager    § Add  day  labor  and  productivity  to  labor  sheets  in  the  P&L.    

Page 170: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 170 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

To  Print  Day  Labor  and  Productivity  go  under  manager  screen,  sales,  And  DAY:  Print  sales.  There  are  2  meal  times,  #1  is  open  until  4  pm  and  #2  is  4pm  to  close.  Sales  will  be  for  these  mealtimes.  Make  sure  you  confirm  labor  and  hours  before  printing  this  report.  

§ Count  and  record  bill  times  into  DRS.  § Clipboard  (Day  Manager).  

a) Open  Back  Office  § Hit  Manager  button,  then  Back  Office  

a) Press  Report  viewer  b) Open  Employees  Folder  c) Run  Daily  Labor  Comparison  

§ Reconcile  Movie  tickets  sold  on  Manager  Clipboard  (Day  Manager).  § Collect  cash-­‐out  from  server  and  put  in  safe  (Day  Manager).  § Write  all  shift  notes  into  Manager  Communication  Book  (Day  Manager)  

Close  (Estimated  time  30  mins)  § Discount  all  bills  (Night  Manager).  § Combine  tills  into  till  #1  (Night  Server).  § Get  tips  ready  (sell  coin  to  tills)  (Night  Server).  § Sign  out  all  tills  from  Night  Server,  besides  till  #1.  (Night  Manager).  § Print  1  copy  Global  Reports  on  all  terminals  (Night  Manager).  

a) Press  the  far  right  bottom  button.  (Right  above  the  3  keys).  b) Press  Employee  Reports  c) Press  Totals  Report  

§ Global  Payment  Devices  o Pound    (#)  o Admin  name  1  enter  o Admin  password  –  12345677f  –  enter  o 0  –  reports  menu;  1  –  server  menu  o 2  –  summary  for  all  o 1-­‐  print  o Settlement:  Press  '6'  o Password  -­‐  12345677F  o Close  batch  and  deposit  funds  o On  Till#1  print  cash-­‐out  for  Night  Server  (Night  Manager).  o On  Till  #1  clock  out  Night  Server  (Night  Manager).  o Do  blind  count  of  Night  till  (Night  Manager).  o Complete  Night  cash-­‐out  (Night  Server).  o Do  up  tips  (Night  Server).  o Adjust  all  employees  sign  in/out  times  (Night  Manager).  

a) Everyone  except  the  manager  should  be  clocked  out.  

Page 171: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 171 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

§ Record  Night  Bill  Times  on  Manager  Clipboard  (Night  Manager).  § Record  Night  Server  and  Pizzaiolo  labor  and  productivity  on  Manager  Clipboard  (Night  

Manager).  To  View  Labor:  a) Open  Back  Office  

i. Hit  Manager  button,  then  Back  Office  b) Press  Report  viewer  c) Open  Employees  Folder  d) Run  Daily  Labor  Comparison  e) Subtract  day  numbers  from  totals  to  get  night  numbers.  

To  Print  Night  Labor  and  Productivity  go  under  manager  screen,  sales,  And  DAY:  Print  sales.  There  are  2  meal  times,  #1  is  open  until  4  pm  and  #2  is  4pm  to  close.  Sales  will  be  for  these  mealtimes.  Make  sure  you  confirm  labor  and  hours  before  printing  this  report.  

§ Reconcile  Movie  tickets  sold  on  Manager  Clipboard  (Night  Manager).  § Collect  cash-­‐out  from  server  and  put  in  safe  (Night  Manager).  § Record  all  data  into  P&L  (Night  Manager).  § Write  all  shift  notes  into  Manager  Communication  Book  (Day  Manager).  § Print  Settlement  Reports  from  Global  Terminals  § Press  Settlement  § Enter  Password  (12345)  

a) Confirm  amount  by  pressing  OK  § Print  End  of  Day  Summary  

a) Sign  in  as  manager  b) Hit  Manager  Button  c) Sales  Functions  d) Day:  Print  Sales  (Report  will  print)  e) Day:  Finish  Sales  (Closes  Day)  

ü One  more  time  confirm  everyone  is  clocked  out,  last  chance!  § Clock  out  Manager  § Place  End  of  Day  Summary,  2  Settlement  Reports,  Log  Book,  and  Manager  Clipboard  onto  

table.  

Troubleshooting  Cash  out’s  Change  over    

If  the  float  does  not  balance  to  $400  after  deposit  has  been  taken,  ensure  calculations  are  done  correct  and  recount  server  tips.  If  till  is  short  take  money  from  tips  to  settle  the  float.  If  till  is  over  (more  than  $400)  and  the  deposit  is  correct,  put  extra  money  in  over/short  bag.    

 

Page 172: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 172 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Daily  Cash-­‐out  Sheet      

Name:    Jon  Smith        

 Date/Shift:    January  1st,  2014      

         

Manager  Blind  Count  (Cash  +  Receipts)      989.76  ß  manager  blind  count        

         

         

Promo      H.O.  Receipts:         65.00  ß  head  office  receipts        

Groupon:    40.00  ß  make  sure  to  redeem      

Manager:    180  ß  all  manager  discounts      

Coupon:    25ß  all  store  specific  coupons      

Staff  Disc.    5.87ß  25%  discount      

Staff  Meal:    187ß  $2  staff  meal      

QSA    56ß  service,  food,  drink.      

Total  Promo:          

           

Debit/Credit      

Terminal  1  Total:    1235  ß  total  including  tip      

Terminal  2  Total:    1354  ß  total  including  tip      

Terminal  3  Total:          

Terminal  4  Total:          

Debit/Credit  Total:    2,589  ß  both  totals  added  up.      

         

Page 173: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 173 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

                                                   

   

Total  Sales:    3,178.76  ß  POS  calc  declared      (POS  Calc/Declared)      

         

Deposit:    589.75  ßdebit  credit  total  –  pos  calc  declared.      

(Total  Sales  -­‐  Debit/Credit  Total)  

   

    x  100          

    x  50          

    x  20          

    x  10          

    x  5          

    x  2          

    x  1          

    coin                          

           

       

Page 174: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 174 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Global  Payment  Device  Screen  Shots    

Page 175: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 175 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

   

Page 176: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 176 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

 

     

Chapter  13  Famoso  University  Guide  

           

Page 177: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 177 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Logging  In    

a. Go  to:  http://famoso.protraining.com/  b. Sign  in  through  the  Manager  &  Restaurant  Partner  login  

                                           

Page 178: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 178 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Accessing  Manager  Resources    

§ From  the  Home  screen,  click  “Manager  Resources”  

 § Navigate  to  find  the  document  you  are  looking  for.  

Page 179: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 179 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Adding  A  User    

a. Go  to  Manage  User  

 b. Click  Add  Users  

 c. Complete  all  required  fields  

 d. Check  the  “Send  Welcome  Email”  box  to  send  user  login  information.  e. Press  Add  

Page 180: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 180 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Add  Bulk  Users    

a. Go  to  Manage  User  

 b. Click  Add  Bulk  Users  

 c. Complete  all  required  fields  

 d. Check  the  “Send  Welcome  Email”  box  to  send  user  login  information.  

 e. Press  Add  Users  

Page 181: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 181 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Granting  An  Exam    

a. Click  Distribute  Courses  from  Home  screen.  

 b. Select  “My  Users  Already  have  an  Accounts”,  then  press  Next  

 c. Check  the  employees  that  you  want  to  grant  an  exam  to.    Then  press  Next.  

 d. Select  Exams  to  Grant,  and  press  Next  

 e. Confirm  the  correct  exams  and  users  have  been  selected  and  press  Finish.  

Page 182: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 182 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Checking  Exam  Results  –  Single  User    

o Go  to  Manage  User  

 o Click  on  User  whose  exam  results  you  want  to  check  

 o Exam  Results  are  at  the  bottom.  

 o Click  on  the  date  to  see  detailed  results  for  each  exam.  

 

Page 183: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 183 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Checking  Exam  Results  –  Multi-­‐Users  

a. Click  on  “View  Reports”,  from  the  Home  screen  

 b. Click  on  “User  Progress”  

 c. Select  Search  “Exam/Program  Completed”  d. Select  Date  Range  

 e. Click  on  View  /  Edit  Exam/Program,  to  select  specific  exam.  

 f. Click  Run  Report  or  Export  to  Excel  (if  you  want  to  save  the  results)  

Page 184: Shift Management And Administration Manual (1) · 5 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL SEPT 2016 These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced

FAMOSO INC. 184 SHIFT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINSISTRATION MANUAL APRIL 2014

These documents are the property of FAMOSO INC. and may not be reproduced without the proper written authorization.

Delete  A  User    

o Go  to  Manage  User  

 o Click  on  User  to  delete  

 o Click  Edit  

 o Click  Delete